Heartland’s FY2023 result demonstrates resilience
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
NZX/ASX release
29 August 2023
Heartland’s FY2023 result demonstrates resilience
Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) is pleased to announce a net profit
after tax (NPAT) of $95.9 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2023 (FY2023). On an
underlying
1
basis, FY2023 NPAT was $110.2 million. NPAT increased $0.7 million (0.8%), and on an
underlying basis, $14.1 million (14.6%), compared with the financial year ended 30 June 2022
(FY2022).
2
Highlights for FY2023
Financial highlights
‒ NPAT of $95.9 million, up 0.8% ($0.7 million) on FY2022 NPAT. Underlying NPAT of $110.2
million, up 14.6% ($14.1 million) on FY2022 underlying NPAT.
‒ One-off or non-cash technical items had a $14.3 million net
3
impact on NPAT.
‒ Gross finance receivables (Receivables)
4
of $6.8 billion, up 10.1% ($625.5 million).
5
‒ Underlying return on equity (ROE) of 11.9%, down 68 basis points (bps).
6
‒ Net interest margin (NIM)
7
of 3.97%, down 8 bps. Underlying NIM of 4.00%, down 16 bps.
‒ Net interest income (NII) of $282.0 million, up 12.7%. Underlying NII of $283.9 million, up 14.3%.
‒ Underlying cost to income (CTI) ratio of 42.0%, down 53 bps on FY2022.
8
‒ Underlying impairment expense ratio of 0.36%, up 7 bps.
9
‒ FY2023 final dividend of 6.0 cents per share (cps), resulting in a FY2023 total dividend of 11.5
cps, up 0.5 cps on the FY2022 total dividend.
‒ Earnings per share (EPS) of 14.0 cps, down 2.1 cps. Underlying EPS of 16.0 cps, down 0.3 cps.
1
Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in
accordance with NZ GAAP and include the impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult
to compare performance. Underlying results (which are non-GAAP financial information) exclude any impacts
of one-offs. This is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods, and is used internally by
management for this purpose. Refer to Profitability on page 6 for a summary of reported and underlying
results. A detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, including details
about FY2023 one-offs, is set out on page 42 of the FY2023 investor presentation (IP). General information
about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is set out on page 4 and 38 of the FY2023 IP.
2
All comparative results are based on the audited full year consolidated financial statements of Heartland and
its subsidiaries (the Group) for FY2022.
3
Includes tax impact on one-offs (as and where applicable).
4
Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.
5
Excludes the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange (FX) rates.
6
Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,
ROE was 10.4%, down 169 bps compared with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the FY2023 IP.
7
NIM is calculated as net interest income over average gross interest earning assets.
8
Underlying CTI ratio refers to the CTI ratio calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported
results, the CTI ratio was 44.9%, up 126 bps compared with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the
FY2023 IP.
9
Underlying impairment expense ratio refers to the impairment expense ratio calculated using underlying
results. When calculated using reported results, the impairment expense ratio was 0.36%, up 11 bps compared
with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the FY2023 IP.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
2
Strategic highlights
‒ $199 million raised through 2022 equity raise to fund growth ambitions for existing businesses
and repay acquisition-related bridge debt of $174 million (A$158 million).
‒ Completed the integration of StockCo Australia into Heartland.
‒ Signed a conditional share purchase agreement for the purchase of Challenger Bank Limited
(Challenger Bank) on 20 October 2022, subject to obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals.
‒ Australian Reverse Mortgages business increased market share to 38.4%.
10
‒ Heartland Bank Limited (Heartland Bank) awarded Canstar New Zealand’s Bank of the Year –
Savings award for the sixth consecutive year.
11
‒ Nearing completion of the upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core banking system.
Strategic vision
Heartland is focused on creating sustainable growth and differentiation by providing products which
are the ‘best or only’ of their kind, through scalable digital platforms. This is underpinned by the
following strategic pillars:
1. Frictionless Service at the Lowest Cost – reflected in a superior CTI ratio
2. Expansion in Australia
3. Business as Usual Growth (reported on in Business performance from page 9).
Frictionless Service at the Lowest Cost – CTI ratio
Through technology, Heartland has been able to replicate the scale of big banks. This is evidenced by
Heartland’s CTI ratio, which improved by 53 bps on FY2022 to 42.0% on an underlying basis
8
in
FY2023 – much lower than the average CTI ratio of New Zealand’s main domestic non-major banks
(The Co-operative Bank, Kiwibank, SBS and TSB) and more comparable to the average CTI ratio of
Australia’s major banks (ANZ, CBA, NAB and Westpac).
12
Heartland’s ambition is to achieve an underlying CTI ratio of less than 35% by FY2028 through
revenue growth and ongoing automation and digitalisation initiatives. Key to achieving this ambition
is increasing customer self-service functionality and improving efficiency through streamlining and
digitising internal processes. This activity is intended to contribute to providing customers with
frictionless service and enabling scalable growth possibilities for Heartland.
Ongoing digitalisation enhancements in FY2023 included expanding the secure automatic approval
capabilities of the Asset Finance and New Zealand Livestock Finance application processes, reducing
friction for customers and the need for manual assessment. This resulted in an uplift in approval
rates of 20% and 12% respectively.
The percentage of New Zealand Reverse Mortgage website visitors who used mobile devices
increased from 51% as at 30 June 2022 to 54% as at 30 June 2023. This reflects the inroads mobile
phone technology is making with older demographics and supports Heartland’s digital distribution
strategy and lower cost servicing.
10
Based on Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI)
Property Exposure and Heartland Finance data as at 31 March 2023.
11
Awarded in July 2023.
12
The average CTI ratio of New Zealand’s main domestic non-major banks excluding Heartland (The Co-
operative Bank, Kiwibank, SBS and TSB) was 68.9% for the 12 months to 31 March 2023 (data from the RBNZ
Financial Strength Dashboard, valid as at 31 July 2023). The average CTI ratio of Australia’s major banks (ANZ,
CBA, NAB and Westpac) was 45.2% for their most recent respective annual reporting periods.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
3
After initially launching to a small set of customers, the Heartland Finance Mobile App was rolled out
to all Australian Reverse Mortgage customers in June 2023, providing the ability to view balances,
transactions and request a cash reserve or redraw from a mobile device. Within one month, more
than 10% of Australian Reverse Mortgage customers had digital access (via the Heartland Finance
Mobile App or online platform). In New Zealand, Heartland Bank has onboarded more than 10,000
new Heartland Mobile App users through recently developed self-service functionality, with Mobile
App users up 65% from 1 July 2022.
The upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core banking system is nearing completion and is due to go live
within this calendar year. The upgraded system provides a platform on which to deliver increased
levels of automation and digitalisation, positioning Heartland for increased scalability in the future.
A number of initiatives are being delivered through a systemised programme of work to further
enhance digital, self-service and automation capabilities. This programme of work includes the
following four key initiatives.
Zero inbound calls
This initiative is focused on digitising basic banking requests to enable customers to self-serve via the
Heartland Mobile App, create a seamless user experience for customers, and reduce inbound
customer call volumes. In doing so, Heartland’s employees will be able to focus on more complex
customer requests.
Heartland Bank’s ambition is to reduce inbound customer call volumes by approximately 73% by 30
June 2025. To achieve this, mobile app self-service features will be developed to address the top
reasons for inbound customer calls.
One-Click Deferral
Customers will be offered increased flexibility to self-manage their Motor Finance loan repayments
digitally via the Mobile App, including customers in arrears. Seven new Heartland Mobile App
functions and features will be developed to enable customers to self-manage their repayments,
reducing the need for them to contact Heartland Bank.
Process automation
Heartland will continue to upgrade its existing back-end technology, and introduce scalable digital
technologies to optimise back-end processes and improve efficiency. Increasing automation will
improve internal workflows and reduce manual effort, thereby reducing friction for customers and
employees. Heartland Bank’s ambition is to automate approximately 65% of operations and
collections manual processes by 30 June 2025.
Motor digitisation
Continued enhancement of Motor Finance digital capabilities will enable faster and easier access to
vehicle finance for customers through online application platforms. Heartland’s intention is to rollout
seven branded online origination platforms to Motor Finance dealer partners in the financial year
ending 30 June 2024 (FY2024).
Expansion in Australia
Heartland’s focus for expansion in Australia is on:
1. growing its existing Australian Reverse Mortgages business
2. growing its existing Livestock Finance business (StockCo Australia)
3. seeking other opportunities to expand Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy in Australia.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
4
Strong growth has continued for Australian Reverse Mortgages, with a compound annual growth rate
for the five-year period from 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2023 of 22.8%. Heartland has also maintained its
position as the largest active provider of reverse mortgages in Australia, with market share of 38.4%
as at 31 March 2023 (up from 33.1% at 31 March 2022)
13
. Further positioning itself as a leader in the
sector, Heartland Finance was a finalist for Best Banking Innovation at the Australian Finder
Innovation Awards 2022 and received the Excellence Award for Non-Bank of the Year at the
Australian Mortgage Awards 2022.
The proportion of the Australian population aged over 65 years is expected to reach 21% by 2041 (up
from ~17% in 2021).
14
The addressable market for reverse mortgages is estimated to be A$10-15
billion.
15
Further, the Australian Government’s Home Equity Access Scheme continues to contribute
to a greater awareness of home equity release options, including reverse mortgages. Non-bank
participation in the sector has increased and supports the acceptance of reverse mortgages.
StockCo Australia has been operating in Australia since 2014 and is a leading specialist livestock
financier with established direct and distributor networks. The Australian Livestock Finance portfolio
experienced direct client growth in FY2023 of 11% (see page 11 for more detail), but subdued dollar
growth due to stock market price volatilities and adverse weather conditions. This resulted in a
contribution to FY2023 NPAT below the expected A$10-12 million (before any ongoing cost of
acquisition debt funding). Global consumption and production of beef and veal, and sheep meat are
projected to increase annually by 0.62% and 1.22% respectively between 2022-2031 due to a
combination of income and population growth.
16
This, together with good feedstock conditions,
makes for a positive outlook. The addressable market for livestock finance is estimated to be A$7
billion.
17
The Challenger Bank acquisition remains subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) and APRA
approval. The benefits of acquiring Challenger Bank, an established ADI, include:
‒ access to a deep and efficient pool of funding to support ongoing growth in Australian Reverse
Mortgages and Livestock Finance
‒ potential uplift in margin, to the extent that retail funding rates are less than wholesale rates
‒ a platform to extend Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy in Australia.
Heartland has continued to consider the appropriate group structure to accommodate the
Challenger Bank acquisition. The final group structure is now expected to include Heartland Bank
acquiring Challenger Bank. If this occurs, Heartland Banking Group's business would be carried out in
both New Zealand and Australia.
Subject to completion of the acquisition, Heartland intends to leverage its extensive operational
experience in New Zealand to drive expansion into Australia, including in Motor Finance and Asset
Finance. Inorganic growth opportunities, through further acquisition, will also be explored in
targeted areas of the market consistent with Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy, and where there is
an opportunity to add value as a means of adding scale or technology.
13
Based on APRA ADI Property Exposure and Heartland Finance data as at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023.
14
Sourced from ARC Centre of Excellence in Population Ageing Research as at August 2022.
15
Heartland internal analysis based on information from the ABS December 2022, Census 2021 and Deloitte
(2021 Three Pillars Forum). Market size based on reverse mortgage lending from banks and non-banks.
16
Sourced from OECD FAO Agricultural Outlook 2022-2031.
17
Based on 2020 ABS total rural debt and 2021 StockCo Australia data.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
5
Operating environment
FY2023 was challenging for customers across Australia and New Zealand, driven by cost of living
pressures and increasing interest rates. Low commodity prices and adverse weather events have
compounded matters for certain sectors to which Heartland lends, including livestock. In this
environment, Heartland’s asset quality has performed within expectations. Heartland has worked
hard to support its customers, particularly those facing temporary difficulties due to the current
economic environment. During the year, Heartland also reduced its risk appetite for unsecured
personal and unsecured business lending.
The Auckland flooding and Cyclone Gabrielle weather events had limited impact on Heartland’s
customers. A small number of customers were significantly affected and Heartland is working with
the New Zealand Government under the North Island Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme to
provide customer support.
Reverse Mortgages
The Reverse Mortgage portfolios in both countries have low average weighted loan-to-value ratios
(LVRs) and continue to demonstrate resilience. Conservative loan origination standards (such as low
LVRs) have enabled Reverse Mortgage customers to weather the challenging combination of falling
house prices and higher interest rates over the last year. As at 30 June 2023, after consecutive cash
rate increases by the RBNZ and the Reserve Bank of Australia, and successive house price reductions,
the average weighted LVR for New Zealand and Australian Reverse Mortgages respectively were
21.3% (up from 18.4% at 30 June 2022) and 21.5% (up from 20.5% at 30 June 2022). Both portfolios
remain strong with good headroom to weather any further stress events.
Additionally, following consultation in which Heartland Bank participated, the RBNZ introduced a
new lower risk weight bucket of 40% for reverse mortgage loans with LVRs of less than 30% to reflect
the credit risk of low LVR loans, which is expected to be effective from 1 September 2023. Heartland
Bank welcomes this change which better reflects the resilience of its low LVR reverse mortgage
portfolio and is expected to provide additional benefit to Heartland Bank’s capital ratio.
Motor Finance
The Motor Finance portfolio has performed as expected given the economic conditions. Arrears have
trended upward across the year to 3.95% as at 30 June 2023, however the level of losses remains
within cyclical norms. Historically, losses have been correlated to unemployment. While rates of
unemployment remain low, current provisions factor in an allowance for the potential impact of
rising unemployment.
Online Home Loans
Online Home Loans experienced subdued growth as property sales and new mortgage volumes
declined in New Zealand. As at 30 June 2023, no loans were impaired (i.e. 30 days overdue on a
payment). The average LVR across the portfolio is circa 59%, despite property value declines since
the end of 2021. The portfolio therefore remains well secured. These factors are a result of the
product’s conservative criteria and strategy of targeting high-quality borrowers.
Livestock Finance
Stock market price volatility is not expected to have a material impact on the quality of the book.
Historically, the impact of the variation in market price has, in most cases, been more than offset
through livestock weight gains.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
6
The book remains well secured, with producers retaining livestock for longer periods to ensure
weight gain exceeds the impact of stock market pricing. StockCo Australia is one of the few livestock
providers in Australia to have a dedicated breeder product. This allows producers to hold onto
female stock for breeding, with the value of the progeny assisting in increasing their returns when
prices are under pressure.
Business
As at 30 June 2023, the balance of Heartland’s Economic Overlay of $8.0 million taken in FY2022 was
$2.4 million. The Economic Overlay has been allocated to specifically provision for Business
Relationship lending and Asset Finance loans that have been impacted by low economic growth, and
remained in place at 30 June 2023.
The economic outlook for FY2024 is difficult to predict. Interest rates appear at or near the peak but
are forecast to remain elevated until 2025. The rate of unemployment remains low despite forecasts
of it rising. The upcoming New Zealand general election provides additional uncertainty. Despite this,
and recognising the lag effect of these economic indicators, Heartland expects FY2024 will be a year
with broadly similar credit outcomes to FY2023.
Financial results
Profitability
FY2023 reported results have been normalised to exclude one-off or non-cash technical items,
including the following.
18
1. Legacy hedge accounting impacts: a $9.1 million loss contributed by the derivatives that were
de-designated from their prior hedge accounting relationships in FY2022. The de-designation
resulted in a $16.7 million mark-to-market (MTM) accounting gain on these derivatives being
recognised in FY2022. This MTM gain is subsequently unwound as a loss as the cashflows from
these derivatives are realised. The remaining $7.7 million will unwind across FY2024 and the
financial year ending 30 June 2025 (FY2025).
2. Fair value loss on equity investment in Harmoney Corp Limited (Harmoney): a $4.5 million fair
value loss was recognised on investment in Harmoney shares during FY2023. The fair value as at
30 June 2023 was determined based on the closing last traded price of Harmoney shares on the
Australian Stock Exchange of A$0.32 per share.
3. Interest expense on the bridging loan for the acquisition of StockCo Australia: a $1.9 million
interest expense was recognised in relation to a $174 million (A$158 million) bridging loan taken
by Heartland to acquire StockCo Australia. The loan was fully repaid in September 2022 using
the proceeds from the 2022 equity raise.
4. Australia Bank Programme costs: $2.2 million of transaction and other costs in relation to
acquiring an ADI in Australia. In addition, $6.4 million of costs directly attributable to applying to
become an ADI have been capitalised as an intangible asset.
The impact of one-off items on the respective financial metrics is outlined in the table below.
18
Refer to page 42 of the FY2023 IP for an exhaustive list of FY2023 one-offs and a detailed reconciliation
between reported and underlying financial information.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
7
Reported Underlying
FY2023 FY2022 Movement FY2023 FY2022 Movement
NOI
19
($m) 285.3 267.6 17.7 300.7 262.0 38.7
Operating expenses
(OPEX) ($m)
128.1 116.8 11.3 126.2 111.4 14.9
NPAT ($m) 95.9 95.1 0.7 110.2 96.1 14.1
NIM 3.97% 4.05% (8 bps) 4.00% 4.16% (16 bps)
CTI ratio 44.9% 43.6% 126 bps 42.0% 42.5% (53 bps)
Impairment expense
ratio
0.36% 0.25% 11 bps 0.36% 0.29% 7 bps
ROE 10.4% 12.1% (169 bps) 11.9% 12.6% (68 bps)
EPS 14.0 cps 16.1 cps (2.1 cps) 16.0 cps 16.3 cps (0.3 cps)
NOI
Total NOI was $285.3 million, an increase of $17.7 million (6.6%) from FY2022.
Underlying NOI was $300.7 million, $38.7 million (14.8%) higher than in FY2022, $21.8 million of
which was contributed by StockCo Australia. This was largely due to a $35.6 million (14.3%) increase
in NII, driven by $1,127.5 million (18.9%) higher average interest earning assets in FY2023 than in
FY2022, and a 16 bps decrease in underlying NIM compared with FY2022.
Underlying other operating income increased by $3.1 million (22.7%) from FY2022, mainly driven by
increases in upfront Reverse Mortgage income and fee income.
NIM
After recording an 8 bps contraction in underlying NIM in the six months to 31 December 2022
(1H2023) compared with the six months to 30 June 2022 (2H2022), this trend stabilised in the six
months to 30 June 2023 (2H2023) through proactive portfolio pricing and margin management.
Underlying NIM for FY2023 decreased only 2 bps compared with 1H2023.
The cash rates in New Zealand and Australia have seen a rapid and sharp increase, rising from 2.00%
and 0.85% as at June 2022, to 5.50% and 4.10% as at June 2023 respectively. This has created a
difficult environment in which to manage margins. Heartland intentionally delayed passing the full
impact of these increases onto some borrower customers, and, in the case of Reverse Mortgages in
New Zealand and Australia, did not pass on the full increases. With depositors, Heartland was quick
to pass on the benefits of the rising cash rate. It is believed that while this did not maximise potential
NIM, it was the socially responsible and more sustainable approach.
NIM compressions were also due to the continued shift in portfolio composition towards lower risk
exposures. Personal lending and unsecured small-to-medium enterprise (SME) lending continued to
reduce, while Business and Rural Relationship lending experienced larger repayments of higher risk
loans. At the same time, there was growth in higher quality portfolios, such as Reverse Mortgages
and Online Home Loans. Motor Finance experienced market share gains at the expense of margin,
alongside general margin compression due to a shift in asset quality and competitive pressures. The
impacts of this compression were partly offset following the acquisition of StockCo Australia, a higher
NIM portfolio.
19
Net operating income (NOI) includes fair value gains/losses on investments.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
8
Through FY2024, NIM will be assisted by older Asset Finance and Motor Finance loans at lower rates
continuing to be repaid.
OPEX
OPEX was $128.1 million, an increase of $11.3 million (9.7%) on FY2022. Underlying OPEX was $14.9
million (13.4%) higher compared with FY2022.
Higher underlying OPEX was primarily due to the acquisition of StockCo Australia which contributed
$8.9 million to FY2023 OPEX. The remaining underlying OPEX increase is $6.0 million (5.4%), which
was mainly driven by a 4.6% increase in staff expenses, an 18.6% increase in upfront Reverse
Mortgage expenses (noting this is completely offset by an increase in upfront Reverse Mortgage
income), and the balance from increased travel and administration costs.
CTI ratio
The underlying CTI ratio further improved by 53 bps on FY2022 to 42.0%.
20
Heartland’s commitment to efficiencies through technology and digitalisation are anticipated to
provide ongoing benefits in the form of a reduced CTI ratio. The CTI ratio is expected to remain stable
while investment in and delivery of digitalisation initiatives is underway, with CTI benefits to start
materialising from late FY2024.
Impairment expense
Impairment expense was $23.2 million, $9.4 million (68.1%) up on FY2022. On an underlying basis,
impairment expense was $7.5 million (47.9%) up on FY2022, including an allowance for the potential
impact of rising unemployment on the Motor Finance portfolio. The residual increase in underlying
impairment expense was mainly contributed to by the Harmoney book amortising at a slower rate in
FY2023 compared with FY2022 and, to a lesser extent, by deterioration in the quality of unsecured
Personal Lending which is no longer being actively originated in order to manage risk in the current
environment. Underlying impairment expense ratio increased to 0.36% in FY2023, up 7 bps
compared with FY2022.
As at 30 June 2023, the balance of Heartland’s Economic Overlay of $8.0 million taken in FY2022 was
$2.4 million. The Economic Overlay has been allocated to specifically provision for Business
Relationship lending and Asset Finance loans that have been impacted by low economic growth, and
remained in place at 30 June 2023.
ROE
Underlying ROE was 11.9%, down 68 bps compared with FY2022.
21
The result reflects a strengthened
capital position following Heartland’s equity raise in 1H2023, positioning it well for future growth
opportunities.
Financial position
Total assets increased by $657.1 million (9.3%) during FY2023, driven by a $625.5 million (10.1%)
22
increase in Receivables and a $41.7 million (7.1%) increase in liquid assets from FY2022.
20
Underlying CTI ratio refers to the CTI ratio calculated using underlying results. When calculated using
reported results, the CTI ratio was 44.9%, up 126 bps compared with FY2022. See page 4 of the FY2023 IP for
more information about the use of the CTI ratio, a supplementary, non-GAAP measure.
21
Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results,
ROE was 10.4%, down 169 bps compared with FY2022. For more information, see page 4 of the FY2023 IP.
22
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
9
Receivables growth was experienced across Heartland’s core portfolios of Australian Reverse
Mortgages, New Zealand Reverse Mortgages, Motor Finance, Asset Finance and Online Home Loans,
partly offset by decreases in Business, Rural Relationship, Open for Business (O4B) and Personal
Lending.
Borrowings
23
increased by $456.7 million (7.4%) compared with FY2022. Deposits increased by
$538.5 million (15.0%) from FY2022, partially offset by a decrease in other borrowings of $81.8
million (3.2%) during FY2023. See further information under Funding and liquidity on page 12.
Net assets increased by $222.3 million to $1,031.0 million. Net tangible assets (NTA) increased by
$207.4 million to $774.2 million, primarily as a result of a $199 million equity raise completed in
September 2022, resulting in an NTA per share of $1.09 (30 June 2022: $0.96).
Business performance
New Zealand
Asset Finance
Asset Finance Receivables increased $49.2 million (7.8%) from FY2022 to $682.8 million. Asset
Finance NOI was $30.3 million, a decrease of $0.2 million (0.5%) compared with FY2022.
Heartland’s focus remains on freight transport and yellow goods sectors. NIM has been affected by a
change in the mix of new business weighted toward an improved credit profile. Lower margin loans
are being repaid and replaced, and are expected to have a positive contribution to margin in late
FY2024.
Business
Overall Business NOI was $31.7 million, an increase of $1.1 million (3.6%) compared with FY2022.
Business Receivables decreased $56.6 million (9.0%) to $573.7 million. This was made up of
Wholesale Lending and Business Relationship.
Wholesale Lending includes floorplan lending to vehicle retailers and wholesale facilities to other
lenders, including for medium enterprises that on-lend to their own customers in the consumer
motor and business sectors. Wholesale Lending Receivables decreased $27.1 million (9.9%) from
FY2022 to $245.2 million, reflecting lower utilisation of limits as a result of unpredictable inventory
conditions continuing into 2H2023.
Business Relationship Receivables decreased $29.5 million (8.2%) from FY2022 to $328.5 million, as
this portfolio continues to transition away from legacy business to loans which present lower risk and
are more cost efficient to transact.
Open for Business
O4B NOI was $12.9 million, a decrease of $0.8 million (5.7%) compared with FY2022. O4B
Receivables decreased $24.1 million (17.1%)
22
to $117.1 million.
Heartland stopped actively originating O4B lending in the second quarter of FY2023 (Q2) to manage
risk due to the macro-economic challenges for the SME sector. This has resulted in an amortising
loan book pending improved conditions.
23
Includes retail deposits and other borrowings.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
10
Motor Finance
Motor Finance NOI was $64.2 million, a decrease of $8.7 million (11.9%) compared with FY2022.
Motor Finance Receivables increased $186.8 million (13.5%) to $1.57 billion.
Motor Finance has experienced market share gains at the expense of margin, alongside general
margin compression due to a shift in asset quality and competitive pressures. While total new and
used car sales in the New Zealand market were down by 6.2% in the period
24
, Heartland’s new
business volumes increased by 11.6% from FY2022, with overall growth in FY2023 of 13.5% due to
lower early repayments than expected.
Heartland’s broad distribution network of dealers and partnerships with key distributors and large
dealer franchise groups, along with its digital innovation, have been key contributing factors in
achieving growth in a difficult market.
Heartland intends to expand its branded online origination platforms to other dealer partners in
FY2024 so they can provide customers with swift digital options to apply for vehicle finance and
receive a decision in minutes.
Personal Lending
Personal Lending includes loans originated directly through Heartland Bank, and legacy portfolios
originated by Harmoney in New Zealand and Australia. To manage risk in the current environment,
this portfolio is not actively originating. In addition, Heartland’s Harmoney personal loans channel is
closed to new business and running down.
Personal Lending NOI was $6.6 million, a decrease of $3.1 million (32.2%) compared with FY2022.
Personal Lending Receivables decreased by $17.8 million (27.3%)
22
to $47.3 million. Harmoney
Receivables decreased by $20.3 million (65.7%), made up of a decrease in the New Zealand
Harmoney channel of $12.9 million (70.4%) to $5.5 million, and a decrease in the Australian
Harmoney channel of $7.3 million (58.9%)
22
to $5.1 million. This is partially offset by Heartland
originated personal lending which increased by $2.5 million (7.3%) to $36.7 million in FY2023.
Online Home Loans
25
Online Home Loans NOI was $3.8 million, an increase of $1.7 million (80.2%) compared with FY2022.
Online Home Loans Receivables increased $38.7 million (14.1%)
to $313.4 million.
While subdued compared to FY2022, Online Home Loans experienced good growth in a challenging
economic environment. This was moderated by a sharp decline in property sales and new mortgage
volumes in New Zealand. The number of properties sold in the 12 months to February 2023 was the
lowest observed since 1983.
26
Similarly, the monthly level of new mortgages issued has been at or
near the lowest levels observed since at least 2014 (when the RBNZ began collating this data).
27
Competitive pressures in the refinance market remain intense, with competitors generally offering
large cash-backs and negotiating on rates. Heartland has remained disciplined in respect of its pricing
strategy. Heartland’s low-cost digital origination platform has enabled it to consistently offer
competitive or market-leading rates. Customer retention remained strong, with retention exceeding
90% for customers whose fixed rates came up for renewal over the course of FY2023.
24
Based on data from the Motor Industry Association of New Zealand on new and used vehicle sales from
motor vehicle dealers.
25
Excludes legacy Retail Mortgages.
26
Based on data from CoreLogic’s February 2023 Housing Chart Pack.
27
Based on RBNZ data on new residential mortgage lending by borrower type.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
11
New Zealand Reverse Mortgages
New Zealand Reverse Mortgages NOI was $42.4 million, an increase of $9.9 million (30.3%)
compared with FY2022. Receivables increased $167.3 million (23.2%)
to $888.6 million.
The business continues to experience strong demand and growth due to:
‒ cost of living and cashflow pressures faced by older homeowners, with a reverse mortgage
providing an option to fund desired lifestyle enhancements
‒ increased education, awareness and acceptance of reverse mortgages.
Over the last decade, Heartland has helped more than 22,000 New Zealanders to enjoy a more
comfortable retirement by releasing equity from their homes. The outlook for New Zealand Reverse
Mortgages remains positive, with additional demand from cost of living pressures driving growth.
Website improvements will be released making it easier for mobile users, and streamlining the
application process.
Rural
Overall Rural lending NOI was $34.2 million, an increase of $4.1 million (13.5%) compared with
FY2022. Overall Rural portfolio Receivables increased by $11.4 million (1.7%)
to $700.5 million. This
was made up of Livestock Finance, Rural Relationship and Rural Direct.
Livestock Finance Receivables increased by $19.9 million (11.6%) from FY2022 to $191.2 million in a
market impacted by falling commodity prices, difficult climatic conditions and Cyclone Gabrielle in
the Hawke’s Bay and Tairāwhiti regions. Of this growth, 6% originated from the addition of key
intermediary partnerships, with the balance from existing customers.
Rural Relationship Receivables decreased by $17.1 million (3.9%) from FY2022 to $424.4 million, due
to the continued transition of the book away from large, complex, low margin lending. Heartland’s
exposure to the dairy sector reduced to 32.8% of the total Rural book.
Rural Direct includes Heartland’s Sheep & Beef Direct and Dairy Direct digital platforms which
provide online finance to sheep, beef and dairy farmers. Rural Direct Receivables increased by $8.6
million (11.2%) from FY2022 to $84.9 million.
Australia
Australian Reverse Mortgages
Australian Reverse Mortgages NOI was $47.3 million, an increase of $8.2 million (20.9%) compared
with FY2022.
Australian Reverse Mortgages Receivables increased by $263.5 million (20.7%)
22
to $1.54 billion,
driven primarily by:
‒ increased debt consolidation and cost of living requests due to the current economic
environment
‒ customers seeking funds for home improvements to ensure ageing well in place (for a person to
remain in their home and make it more retirement-friendly as they age)
‒ customers looking to enjoy retirement with modest lifestyle spending (such as holidays or a new
car)
‒ targeted marketing to new and existing customers to increase uptake and interest at key
seasonal points across the year, leading to record settlements in key months.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
12
Heartland has now helped more than 26,000 Australians to live a more comfortable retirement since
2004. Growth is expected to remain strong in FY2024 as ongoing improvements and efficiencies are
made to the loan application, approval and maintenance process.
Australian Livestock Finance
Australian Livestock Finance NOI was $31.9 million. Receivables increased $7.7 million (2.1%)
22
from
FY2022 to $380.8 million. Subdued growth was due to macroeconomic events affecting livestock
prices and demand, including adverse weather conditions, the rising interest rate environment, and
low export demand with the USA drought and China’s COVID-19 response contributing to freezers
being full around the world. This resulted in lower dollars per head on the balance sheet.
Despite this, the volume of livestock financed by StockCo has increased. As at 30 June 2023, cattle
transactions were up 25% compared with 30 June 2022. Sheep transactions were flat. This growth
was supported by increasing distribution partner networks with consistent onboarding of new clients
and increased facility limit usage.
Demand for Australian protein, mainly beef, is expected to increase and have a positive effect on
livestock value in FY2024 as the USA drought breaks and their herd rebuild begins, coupled with the
Chinese Government looking to stimulate the Chinese economy as people return to pre-COVID-19
activities.
Processor capacity has been strained due to a lack of skilled workers, the ongoing impacts of COVID-
19 and adverse weather conditions. Slaughter production in 2022 was down approximately 27% from
2021 volumes. This is expected to improve in the first half of FY2024 and have a positive effect on
livestock demand and value, and therefore demand for livestock financing, as processors work
through their backlog.
Digitalisation of the direct channel application is underway to improve efficiency in the application
process. A white label offering is also in development to strengthen and expand the existing
distribution network, supporting ongoing growth through FY2024.
Funding and liquidity
Heartland increased borrowings by $456.7 million (7.4%) from FY2022 to $6,627.4 million.
New Zealand
Heartland Bank increased borrowings by $399.5 million (9.2%) from FY2022 to $4,746.2 million.
Deposits
28
grew $533.9 million (14.8%) during FY2023 to $4,131.0 million, which was driven by
competitive pricing on targeted products, including Heartland’s Notice Saver offerings which both
received Canstar New Zealand recognition in FY2023. Heartland Bank’s 32-day Notice Saver won a 5-
Star Rating and the 90-day Notice Saver achieved a Rising Star Rating with all the makings of a 5-star
account in the future. In July 2023, Heartland Bank was awarded Canstar New Zealand’s Bank of the
Year – Savings for the sixth year in a row. In the first and second quarters of FY2023, Heartland Bank
experienced the highest growth rate in retail deposits of all main and domestic banks in New
Zealand.
29
28
Includes intercompany deposits received by Heartland Bank (30 June 2023: nil; 30 June 2022: $4.6 million).
29
Based on balance sheet data from the RBNZ.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
13
Notice Saver increased by $206.1 million (40.1%) from FY2022. Term deposits increased by $439.6
million (20.1%), while call deposits decreased by $111.8 million (12.5%) during FY2023. The call to
total deposit ratio decreased to 19% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: 25%).
Other borrowings decreased by $134.4 million (17.9%) from FY2022, largely due to the maturity of a
$150 million retail bond, as well as the amount drawn down in Heartland Bank’s committed auto
warehouse facility decreasing by $40.7 million. This was partially offset by Heartland Bank’s issuance
of $100 million of unsecured subordinated notes to the retail market in 2H2023, which qualify as Tier
2 capital for regulatory purposes, further solidifying Heartland Bank’s regulatory capital position.
Heartland Bank’s total liquidity (including liquid assets and available committed lines) strengthened
further in FY2023, increasing by $76.3 million (12.1%) to $704.2 million, well in excess of regulatory
minimums.
Heartland Bank’s regulatory capital ratio increased to 14.69% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022:
13.49%). Heartland Bank continues to operate significantly in excess of regulatory minimums and is
well positioned to meet the RBNZ’s future higher capital requirements. These requirements are for a
common equity tier 1 ratio of 11.50% and a total capital ratio of 16.00% by 1 July 2028.
Australia
Heartland Australia (comprising Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries) increased
borrowings by A$282.0 million (23.5%) from FY2022 to A$1,482.2 million.
A A$30 million tap issue was completed in August 2022 and a further A$50 million Medium Term
Note (MTN) was issued in October 2022. Heartland Australia’s April 2023 A$120 million MTN
maturity was refinanced. The aggregate outstanding issuance under Heartland Australia’s MTN
programme was A$240 million as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: A$280 million).
The maturities of the two Reverse Mortgage securitisation warehouses were extended by two and
three years respectively, and aggregate senior limits were expanded by A$100 million, providing
Heartland Australia with access to A$1.54 billion of committed funding in aggregate. Conversations
are underway with securitisation lenders to increase headroom in both facilities to support
continued growth experienced in the portfolio.
StockCo Australia (comprising StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd, StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and
their subsidiaries) increased borrowings by A$17.2 million (5.2%) from FY2022 to A$346.4 million.
StockCo Australia was transferred from Heartland to Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd on 1 August
2023.
Regulatory update
Heartland continues to monitor and prepare for the significant volume of regulatory change in New
Zealand.
In June 2023, it was announced that the Commerce Commission (ComCom) would conduct a market
study into any factors that may affect competition for the supply or acquisition of personal banking
services. A Preliminary Issues Paper for the market study was published on 10 August 2023 which
sets out the context and proposed focus areas of the study. It is currently proposed that the study
will focus on deposit accounts (transaction, savings, and term deposits, including overdraft facilities)
and home loans. The ComCom will engage with stakeholders and conduct information gathering with
a final report on its findings due 20 August 2024, which will include recommendations that identify
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
14
ways to improve competition in the sector. Heartland Bank welcomes the opportunity to participate
in the market study.
The Financial Markets (Conduct of Financial Institutions) Amendment Act 2022 (Conduct Act) was
passed in June 2022, and will come into force on 31 March 2025, following a transitional period. The
Conduct Act applies to registered banks, licensed insurers and licensed non-bank deposit takers. The
Conduct Act introduces a new conduct licensing regime, the requirement to establish, implement,
maintain and comply with a fair conduct programme, and the regulation of incentives (including the
prohibition of sales incentives based on volume or value targets). Incentives regulations will apply
both to Heartland Bank and its intermediaries involved in the distribution of its products. Heartland
Bank is preparing for licensing and compliance with the Conduct Act.
The Deposit Takers Act received royal assent (and became law) on 6 July 2023 (DT Act). The DT Act
strengthens the regulatory framework for all institutions that take deposits (including Heartland
Bank) and introduces a new depositor compensation scheme (DCS), overseen by the RBNZ.
Very little of the DT Act comes into force immediately, but Heartland Bank has begun considering the
impact of the DT Act on its operations and is actively participating in submissions on the DCS and
other regulations, guidance and prudential standards relating to the DT Act. The DT Act is expected
to be fully in force by around 2028.
Initial changes to the Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003 (CCCFA) came into force on 1
December 2021, with additional changes effective 7 July 2022. Heartland Bank implemented new
processes and technologies to enable it to comply with these changes. Following the completion of
the New Zealand Government’s investigation into the impact of the December 2021 changes, more
amendments to the CCCFA came into force in May 2023. Heartland Bank has further amended its
processes to reflect these most recent amendments. On 9 August 2023, the Government announced
further changes to the CCCFA, including a wider review of the CCCFA with terms of reference to be
announced in due course. Heartland Bank will monitor for further developments in regards to these
changes.
In July 2021, the New Zealand Government announced it would implement a legislative framework
for a new consumer data right (CDR), with a decision announced in November 2022 to designate
banks into the new regime first. The Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment recently
consulted on an exposure draft of the Customer and Product Data Bill. A consumer data right in the
banking sector (in other words, ‘open banking’) would allow customers to consent to share their
banking data with third parties.
Continued preparation is underway to meet the Climate-Related Disclosures obligations introduced
through the Financial Sector (Climate-Related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2021,
with Heartland’s first climate statement required as part of reporting for FY2024.
In Australia, Heartland continues to monitor changes to Australian regulatory requirements for its
existing businesses, and is preparing for the acquisition of Challenger Bank (subject to the requisite
regulatory approvals), which is an APRA regulated ADI.
Sustainability update
Heartland’s sustainability strategy continues to evolve as it matures. The framework is built on three
pillars: environment, people and financial wellbeing. Highlights for FY2023 are outlined below. For
more detail, visit heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
15
Environment
‒ Heartland’s unaudited operational Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions for FY2023 saw a 17%
reduction on the base year for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 (FY2019). This comprised
strong reductions in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions, but an increase in travel-related emissions
as a result of business travel requirements between New Zealand and Australia.
‒ Introduced an environment risk screening tool in the credit decisioning process to understand
the sustainability of larger business and rural borrowers by reference to environmental, climate,
reputational and regulatory factors (and mitigating actions being employed by borrowers).
‒ Undertook Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) code analysis
to understand Heartland’s exposure to high emitting industries or industries subject to a
heightened degree of transitional risk as a result of climate factors. Heartland has a low
exposure to customers in those industries.
‒ More than doubled lending to new generation vehicles through the Motor Finance portfolio,
from 5% of all lending in FY2022 to 11% in FY2023. The increase was supported by the launch of
a green vehicle rate in December 2022, and a guaranteed future value product across the Opel
range, including two dedicated electric vehicles.
People
‒ Through its Manawa Ako internship programme, Heartland Bank welcomed 25 Māori and
Pasifika interns to Heartland Bank in December 2022. More than 110 rangatahi (young people)
have participated in the programme since inception in 2017.
‒ Heartland Bank maintained accreditation for the Rainbow Tick, as a Hearing Accredited
Workplace, and Living Wage Employer.
‒ More than $710,000 provided to community groups and organisations by the Heartland Trust, in
the areas of education, arts and culture, and wellbeing. The Heartland Trust is Heartland’s
registered charitable trust which is independent from, but closely supported by Heartland.
‒ Heartland Bank’s products recognised as providing exceptional value for customers through
Canstar New Zealand awards for Savings Bank of the Year and Outstanding Value Home Lender.
Financial wellbeing
‒ Supported more than 48,000 people in New Zealand and Australia to live a more comfortable
retirement by releasing equity from their homes with a reverse mortgage.
‒ Heartland Bank continued to offer the Heartland Extend product to consumer customers,
supporting customers in arrears to make their existing loan repayments more manageable.
‒ Development of new features and automation in Heartland Bank’s mobile app and some online
application forms to enable customers to control their own finances in their own time, without
needing to speak with someone.
Final dividend
Heartland is pleased to declare a FY2023 final dividend of 6.0 cps, taking the FY2023 total dividend to
11.5 cps, up 0.5 cps on FY2022. Heartland’s final dividend yield of 9.3%
30
compares with 7.1%
31
in
FY2022.
The final dividend will be paid on Wednesday 20 September 2023 (Payment Date) to shareholders on
the company’s register as at 5.00pm NZST on Wednesday 6 September 2023 (Record Date) and will
be fully imputed.
30
FY2023 total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 25 August 2023 of $1.72.
31
FY2022 total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 19 August 2022 of $2.16.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
16
Heartland has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP), giving eligible shareholders the opportunity to
reinvest some or all of their dividend payments into new ordinary shares. The DRP will apply to the
final dividend with a 2.0% discount.
32
The DRP offer document and participation form is available on
Heartland’s website at heartlandgroup.info/investor-information/dividends.
Looking forward
Heartland’s result in FY2023 is pleasing amidst a challenging economic background in New Zealand
and Australia. Portfolio performance demonstrated the resilience of Heartland’s products and ‘best
or only’ strategy.
Heartland’s strength is in its track record of strong growth in core lending portfolios. The business as
usual growth focus in FY2024 will be on Reverse Mortgages (New Zealand and Australia), Motor
Finance, Asset Finance and Livestock Finance (New Zealand and Australia). Growth will be supported
by increased digitalisation and automation, and leveraging the demographic-driven demand being
experienced in Reverse Mortgages.
Key to Heartland’s expansion in Australia is obtaining an ADI licence. Heartland intends to do this
through the acquisition of Challenger Bank, which remains subject to regulatory approvals.
Heartland’s desire is to complete the acquisition during the 2023 calendar year, after which its focus
will be on integration and leveraging its common distribution channels in New Zealand to expand
into Australia.
Heartland’s NIM outlook is stable with repayment and replacement of lower margin Motor Finance
and Asset Finance loans. The growth mix will continue to influence margin, causing acceptable
contraction offset by corresponding growth.
Underpinning everything is Heartland’s ambition to achieve an underlying CTI ratio of less than 35%
by FY2028. This requires change and will take time. Initiatives are underway to increase customer
self-service, reduce telephony and increase automation.
Through a continued focus on the execution of Heartland’s strategic vision and achieving its
underlying CTI ratio ambition, Heartland’s ambition is to double underlying NPAT within five years –
continuing Heartland’s track record of income growth. Since 2012, Heartland’s NPAT has more than
tripled from $23.6 million at 30 June 2012.
Heartland expects NPAT for FY2024 to be within the guidance range of $116 million to $122 million,
excluding any impacts of fair value changes on equity investments held, the impact of the de-
designation of derivatives, and any costs related to the acquisition of Challenger Bank, which remains
subject to RBNZ and APRA approval. As the acquisition nears completion, guidance will be updated to
reflect the impact of Challenger Bank becoming part of Heartland.
– ENDS –
32
That is, the strike price under the DRP will be 98.0% of the volume weighted average sale price of Heartland
shares over the five trading days following the Record Date. For the full details of the DRP and the Strike Price
calculation, refer to the Heartland DRP offer document dated 10 December 2018.
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | 0800 85 20 20 | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
17
The person(s) who authorised this announcement:
Jeff Greenslade, Chief Executive Officer
Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer
For further information and media enquiries, please contact:
Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809
nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand
About Heartland
Heartland is a financial services group with operations in Australia and New Zealand. Heartland has a
long history with roots stretching back to 1875, and is listed on the New Zealand and Australian stock
exchanges (NZX/ASX: HGH) with a market cap in excess of NZ$1 billion.
Heartland’s New Zealand business, Heartland Bank, provides customers with savings and deposit
products, online home loans, reverse mortgages, business loans, car loans and rural loans. In
Australia, Heartland’s main business is currently in reverse mortgages through Heartland Finance
which is a market leader. Heartland also operates StockCo Australia, a specialist livestock financier,
which was acquired by Heartland in May 2022. In October 2022, Heartland announced its intention
to purchase Challenger Bank, a digital bank based in Melbourne, Australia, subject to obtaining the
requisite regulatory approvals.
Heartland’s point of differentiation is its ‘best or only’ strategy – where it focuses on providing
products which are the best or only of their kind through scalable digital platforms. Heartland is
committed to delivering financial solutions through speed and simplicity, particularly via digital
platforms which reduce the cost of onboarding and make it easier for customers to open accounts or
apply for funds when they need it.
More about Heartland: heartlandgroup.info
---
FY2023 results
Investor presentation
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Contents
2
01Highlights & strategic update3-9
02Financial results, funding & liquidity10-20
03NZ divisional summary21-28
04AU divisional summary29-34
05Outlook35-36
06Disclaimer, glossary & appendices37-43
2
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer Heartland Group
01
Highlights & strategic update
Presentation of results
01
4
Financial results in this investor presentation are presented on a reported and underlying basis.
•Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the impacts of one-offs, both positive and
negative, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods.
•Underlying results exclude the impacts of fair value changes on equity investments held, the de-designation of derivatives,
and other one-offs. This is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods, and is used internally by
management for this purpose.
Adjustments for underlying results impact NOI, OPEX, NPAT, NIM and EPS. Underlying ROE, underlying CTI ratio and underlying
impairment expense ratio measures are supplementary, non-GAAP measures that may be used by investors, industry
analysts and others in assessing and benchmarking profitability and performance against the industry and/or other
companies. A GAAP and non-GAAP comparative is provided for each of these measures.
Refer to Appendix 3 on page 42 for a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, including
details about one-offs in the periods covered in this investor presentation.
General information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is set out on page 38 of this investor presentation.
1
Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying NPAT result.
2
Receivables also includes ReverseMortgages.
3
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.
Group financial highlights
5
01
NPATNIMCTI ratio
Impairment
expense ratio
ROEEPS
Reported
$95.9m3.97%44.9%0.36%10.4%14.0 cps
0.8% vs FY2022
8 bps vs FY2022126 bps vs FY202211 bps vs FY2022169 bps vs FY20222.1 cps vs FY2022
Underlying
1
$110.2m4.00%42.0%0.36%11.9%16.0 cps
14.6% vs FY2022
2 bps vs
1H2023
16 bps vs
FY2022
53 bps vs FY20227 bps vs FY202268 bps vs FY20220.3 cps vs FY2022
Receivables
2
BorrowingsEquityFinal dividend
$6,791m$6,627m$1,031m6.0 cps
10.1%
3
vs June 20227.4% vs June 202227.5%vs June 20220.5 cps vs FY2022
Strategic update
Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.
6
Business as Usual Growth
Frictionless Service at the Lowest CostExpansion in Australia
01
Demonstrated resilience in ‘best or only’ strategy
•Growth in core lending portfolios despite
macroeconomic environment, demonstrating
resilience of ‘best or only’ products.
•Motor Finance grew 13.5% in a market where new
and used vehicles declined 6.2%.
•Heartland Bank awarded Canstar NZ’s Bank of the
Year –Savings award and Outstanding Value Home
Lender Award.
Growth in core product portfolios
•Continued growth in core product portfolio, plus
higher contribution from AU Livestock Finance.
Continue to wind down legacy lending
•Continue the transition away from legacy
business and focus on lower risk lending which
is more cost efficient to transact.
FY2023 achievements
FY2024 focus
(18)
6,196
6,821
167
187
(18)
-
(17)
9
264
8
38
(30)
49
(27)
(24)
20
8
Jun-22Reverse
Mortgages
NZ
MotorPersonal
Lending
Home LoansBusiness
Relationship
Asset
Finance
Wholesale
Lending
Open for
Business
Rural
Relationship
Livestock
Finance NZ
Rural DirectReverse
Mortgages
AU
Livestock
Finance AU
Jun-23
(8.2%)
13.5%
(3.9%)
7.8%
(27.3%)
11.6%
13.4%
(17.1%)
2.1%
(9.9%)
23.2%
11.2%
20.7%
↗$374m(15.3%)
Household
↘$31m(2.2%)
Business
Rural
NZAU
↗$11m(1.7%)
↗$625m (10.1%)
Strategic update
1
The average CTI ratio of New Zealand’s main domestic non-major banks excluding Heartland (The Co-operative Bank, Kiwibank, SBS and TSB) was 68.9% for the 12 months to 31 March 2023 (data from the RBNZ Financial Strength Dashboard, valid as at 31 July
2023). The average CTI ratio of Australia’s major banks (ANZ, CBA, NAB and Westpac) was 45.2% for their most recent respective annual reporting periods.
7
01
Replicating the scale of big banks
•Underlying CTI ratio of 42.0%, much lower than the average CTI ratio of
non-major NZ banks and more comparable to the average CTI ratio of
major AU banks.
1
Increasing uptake of mobile platforms
•Expanded secure automatic approval capabilities of Asset Finance and
NZ Livestock Finance application processes, reducing friction for
customers and the need for manual assessment. This resulted in an
uplift in approval rates of 20% and 12% respectively.
•The Heartland Finance Mobile App was rolled out to all AU Reverse
Mortgage customers in June 2023. Within one month, more than 10%
of customers had digital access.
•Heartland Mobile App users up 65% from 1 July 2022.
•The percentage of NZ Reverse Mortgage website visitors who used
mobile devices increased from 51% as at 30 June 2022 to 54% as at 30
June 2023.
Ambition to achieve underlying CTI ratio <35% by FY2028
•Ambition to reduce the CTI ratio further over time through revenue growth and
ongoing automation and digitalisationinitiatives.
Increasing efficiency through digitalisationand automation
•Deliver One-Click Deferral, enabling customers to self-manage loan repayments.
•Develop self-service mobile app functionality to reduce friction for customers –
progress toward reducing inbound customer calls by 73% by 30 June 2025.
•Improve efficiency in loan servicing and administration through process automation –
progress toward automating 65% of manual back-end processes by 30 June 2025.
•Expand branded online origination platforms to more Motor Finance dealer partners to
provide customers with swift digital options.
Implementation of upgraded core banking system
•Due to go live within this calendar year.
•The core banking upgrade provides a platform on which to deliver increased levels of
automation and digitisation.
Business as Usual Growth
Frictionless Service at the Lowest CostExpansion in Australia
FY2023 achievementsFY2024 focus
Strategic update
1
Based on APRA ADI Property Exposure and Heartland Finance data as at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023.
2
Heartland internal analysis based on information from the ABS December 2022, Census 2021 and Deloitte (2021 Three Pillars Forum). Market size based on reverse mortgage lending from
banks and non-banks.
3
Based on 2020 ABS total rural debt and 2021 StockCo Australia data.
8
01
Largest active provider of AU reverse mortgages
•Maintained position as largest active provider of reverse mortgages in
Australia, with market share of 38.4% at 31 March 2023 (up from 33.1%
at 31 March 2022).
1
•Heartland Finance was a finalist for Best Banking Innovation at the
Australian Finder Innovation Awards 2022 and received the Excellence
Award for Non-Bank of the Year at the Australian Mortgage Awards
2022.
Integration of StockCo Australia
•Completed the integration of StockCo Australia into Heartland, and
repaid acquisition-related bridge debt of $174 million (A$158 million)
using proceeds from Heartland’s equity raise in 1H2023.
Challenger Bank acquisition
•Signed a conditional share purchase agreement on 20 October 2022
for the purchase of Challenger Bank, subject to obtaining the requisite
regulatory approvals.
Grow Reverse Mortgages
•Leverage demand being experienced through the growing ageing population to
continue to increase market share with the addressable market estimated to be
A$10-15 billion.
2
Grow Livestock Finance
•Grow the Australian Livestock Finance business through product developments
and digitalisation. Increasing demand for export is expected to contribute to
growth, noting the addressable market estimated to be A$7 billion
3
.
Become an ADI in Australia
•Complete the acquisition of Challenger Bank, enabling sustainable growth of
existing AU portfolios through access to retail deposits.
•Leverage NZ expertise to expand product offering in the Australian market
consistent with Heartland’s ‘best or only’ strategy.
•Opportunity for targeted entry into Motor and Asset Finance markets in Australia.
Business as Usual Growth
Frictionless Service at the Lowest CostExpansion in Australia
FY2023 achievementsFY2024 focus
People
•Create a pathway and place for Heartland’s people to grow,
thrive and be empowered to achieve Heartland’s goals as
one team.
•Care for the communities Heartland operates in.
•Care for Heartland’s customers.
Financial wellbeing
•Support the financial wellbeing of
Heartland’s customers and communities.
Heartland’s sustainability framework is built on three key pillars:
environment, people and financial wellbeing.
1
The Heartland Trust is Heartland’s registered charitable trust which is independent from, but closely supported by Heartland.
Environment
•Support the just transition to a net-zero economy.
Unaudited operational GHG emissions for
FY2023 saw a 17% reduction on the FY2019
base year.
Introduced an environment risk screening
tool in the credit decisioning process to
understand the sustainability of larger
business and rural borrowers.
Undertook ANZSIC code analysis to
understand Heartland’s exposure to
customers in high emitting industries, or
industries subject to a heightened degree of
transitional risk as a result of climate factors.
Lending to new generation vehicles
more than doubled from 5% of all lending in
FY2022 to 11% in FY2023.
Sustainability
9
01
The Manawa Akointernship welcomed 25 Māori
and Pasifika interns in its sixth intake. More than
110 interns welcomed since 2017.
Heartland Bank maintained accreditation for the
Rainbow Tick, as a Hearing Accredited
Workplace, and Living Wage Employer.
More than $710,000 granted through the
Heartland Trust in the areas of education, arts and
culture, and wellbeing.
1
Heartland Bank’s products recognisedas
providing exceptional value for customers
through Canstar NZ awards for Savings Bank of
the Year and Outstanding Value Home Lender.
Supported more than 48,000
people in NZ and AU to live a more
comfortable retirement by
releasing equity from their homes
with a reverse mortgage.
Continued to offer Heartland
Extend to consumer customers,
supporting customers to make
existing loan repayments more
manageable.
Development of new features and
automation to Heartland Bank’s
mobile app and some online
application forms to enable
customers to control their own
finances in their own time.
Andrew Dixson
Chief Financial Officer Heartland Group
02
Financial results, funding & liquidity
ReportedUnderlying
Financial
performance
NII$282.0m
12.7% vs FY2022
$283.9m
14.3% vs FY2022
OOI
1
$3.3m
81.0% vs FY2022
$16.9m
22.7% vs FY2022
NOI$285.3m
6.6% vs FY2022
$300.7m
14.8% vs FY2022
OPEX$128.1m
9.7% vs FY2022
$126.2m
13.4% vs FY2022
Impairment Expense$23.2m
68.1% vs FY2022
$23.2m
47.9% vs FY2022
Tax Expense$38.1m
9.0% vs FY2022
$41.1m
5.8% vs FY2022
NPAT
2
$95.9m
0.8% vs FY2022
$110.2m
14.6% vs FY2022
NIM3.97%
8 bps vs FY2022
4.00%
2 bps vs 1H2023
16 bps vs FY2022
CTI44.9%
126 bps vs FY2022
42.0%
53 bps vs FY2022
Impairment Expense Ratio
3
0.36%
11 bps vs FY2022
0.36%
7 bps vs FY2022
ROE10.4%
169 bps vs FY2022
11.9%
68 bps vs FY2022
EPS14.0 cps
2.1 cps vs FY2022
16.0 cps
0.3 cps vs FY2022
Financial
position
Receivables
4
$6,791m
10.1%
5
vs June 2022
Borrowings$6,627m
7.4% vs June 2022
Equity$1,031m
27.5% vs June 2022
Equity/Total Assets13.3%
1.9 ppsvs June 2022
Group financial results
1
OOI includes fair value gains/losses oninvestments.
2
Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying NPAT result.
3
Impairment expense as a percentage of average Receivables.
4
Receivables also includes ReverseMortgages and StockCo Australia.
5
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.
11
02
96.1
110.2
21.8
(8.9)
(0.1)
(3.0)
13.8
3.1
(6.0)
(7.4)
0.7
FY2022 NPATNet Interest
Income
Other Operating
Income
Operating
Expenses
Impairment
Expense
TaxFY2023 NPAT
Note:All figures in NZ$m. Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying NPAT result. Chart is not to scale.
1
Compounded annual growth rate for the period FY2020-FY2023.
Growth in profitability
12
02
Underlying: 96.1 →110.2
↗14.1 (14.6%)
Reported: 95.1 →95.9
↗0.7 (0.8%)
NPAT ($ million)
72.0
87.0
95.1
95.9
FY20FY21FY22FY23
+21%
+9%
+1%
↗10.0%
1
76.9
87.9
96.1
110.2
FY20FY21FY22FY23
+14%
+9%
+15%
↗12.7%
1
StockCo AustraliaResidual movement
Underlying NPAT ($ million)
Underlying
↙16 bps
Reported
↙8 bps
Note: NIM is calculated as net interest income/average gross interest earning assets.
1
Underlying gross interest yield increased 174 bps vs FY2022 to 7.88%, contributing a 163 bps increase in NIM vs FY2022.
2
Underlying cost of funds increased 211 bps vs FY2022 to 3.81%, contributing a 192 bps decrease in NIM vs FY2022
3
Underlying liquid asset yield increased 155 bps vs FY2022 to 2.63%, contributing a 13 bps increase in NIM vs FY2022
4.33%
4.35%
4.05%
3.97%
4.16%
4.00%
FY20FY21FY22FY23
Reported NIMUnderlying NIM
Underlying Gross interest yield
7.88%
NIM contribution ↗163bps
1
vs FY22
Underlying Cost of funds
3.81%
NIM contribution ↘ 192bps
2
vs FY22
Underlying Liquid assets yield
2.63%
NIM contribution ↗13bps
3
vs FY22
Net interest margin
13
02
FY24 NIM
outlook
NIM
Expected to remain
stable through proactive
portfolio pricing and
margin management.
0.13%
Note:
•CTI ratio is calculated as OPEX/NOI.
•Underlying CTI ratio excludes one-off impacts. Refer to Appendix 3 for a reconciliation between reported and underlying result.
45.4%
46.8%
43.6%
44.9%
44.9%
44.8%
42.5%
42.0%
FY20FY21FY22FY23
Reported CTI ratioUnderlying CTI ratio
Reported
↗11.3m (9.7%)
Cost to income ratio
14
02
CTI ratio
FY24 CTI ratio
outlook
Underlying
↗14.9m (13.4%)
Expected to gradually
improve, via continued
cost discipline, efficiency
and digitalisation
initiatives.
Note: Impairment expense ratio is calculated as impairment expense/average gross finance receivables.
Loan provisions
15
02
0.65%
0.31%
0.25%
0.36%
0.44%
0.31%
0.29%
0.36%
FY20FY21FY22FY23
Reported Impairment Expense Ratio
Underlying Impairment Expense Ratio
87.0
79.4
112.0
126.9
1.87%
1.58%
1.81%
1.87%
Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23
Non Performing LoansNon Performing Loans Ratio
NPL
↘5.5m
vs 31 December 2022
NPL ratio
↘18 bps
vs 31 December 2022
FY24 outlook
FY2024 economic outlook is difficult to
predict. Interest rates appear at or near the
peak but are forecast to remain elevated
until 2025. The rate of unemployment
remains low despite forecasts of it rising.
The upcoming NZ general election provides
additional uncertainty.
Despite this, and recognisingthe lag effect
of these economic indicators, Heartland
expects FY2024 to have broadly similar
credit outcomes to FY2023.
Impairment Expense RatioNon-Performing Loans
•Impairment expense was $23.2 million (68.1% up on FY2022).
•Underlying impairment expense up $7.5 million (47.9%) on FY2022.
•Increase in underlying impairment expense due to:
oan allowance for the potential impact of rising unemployment on Motor Finance
othe Harmoney book amortisingat a slower rate in FY2023 compared with FY2022
odeterioration in the quality of unsecured Personal Lending, no longer actively originating.
•As at 30 June 2023, the balance of Heartland’s Economic Overlay
of $8.0 million taken in FY2022 was $2.4 million. The Economic
Overlay has been allocated to specifically provision for Business
Relationship lending and Asset Finance loans that have been
impacted by low economic growth, and remained in place at 30
June 2023.
1
Underlying ROE refers to ROE calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results, ROE was 10.4%, down169 bps. See page 4 for more information about the use of ROE, a supplementary, non-GAAP measure.
2
Total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 25 August 2023 of $1.72.
3
Total fully imputed dividends divided by the closing share price as at 19 August 2022 of $2.16.
4
That is, the strike price under the DRP will be 98.0% of the volume weighted average sale price of Heartland shares over the five trading days following the Record Date. For the full details of the DRP and the Strike Price calculation, refer to the Heartland DRP offer document dated 10 December 2018.
•Underlying ROE of11.9% (down 68 bps vs FY2022).
1
•EPS of 14.0 cps, down 2.1 cps compared with FY2022.
•Underlying EPS of 16.0 cps (down 0.3 cps vs FY2022).
•Final dividend of 6.0 cps, taking FY2023 total dividend to 11.5 cps, up 0.5 cps on FY2022.
•Dividend yield of9.3%
2
(FY2022: 7.1%
3
).
•Heartland’s DRP will apply to the final dividend with a 2.0% discount.
4
12.5
14.9
16.1
14.0
FY20FY21FY22FY23
EPS (cps)
11.1%
12.0%
12.6%
11.9%
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23
Underlying ROE
Shareholder return
16
02
6,196
6,821
167
187
(18)
-
(17)
9
264
8
38
(30)
49
(27)
(24)
20
8
Jun-22Reverse
Mortgages NZ
MotorPersonal
Lending
Home LoansBusiness
Relationship
Asset FinanceWholesale
Lending
Open for
Business
Rural
Relationship
Livestock
Finance NZ
Rural DirectReverse
Mortgages AU
Livestock
Finance AU
Jun-23
(8.2%)
13.5%
(3.9%)
7.8%
(27.3%)
11.6%
13.4%
(17.1%)
2.1%
(9.9%)
23.2%
11.2%
20.7%
↗$374m(15.3%)
Household
↘$31m(2.2%)
Business
Rural
NZAU
↗$11m(1.7%)
↗$625m (10.1%)
Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.
17
Growth in receivables
02
2,456
2,245
2,189
2,629
813
968
895
783
7
513
719
66
108
268
227
293
285
273
220
110
209
168
3,628
3,723
4,347
4,746
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23
HBL Funding Composition
3
$m
Term depositsCall deposits
Savings depositsSecuritised funding
Retail bondsOther wholesale funding
New Zealand
•Heartland Bank increased borrowings by $399.5 million (9.2%) to
$4,746.2 million.
‒Deposits grew $533.9 million (14.8%) to $4,131.0 million, driven by
competitive pricing on targeted products, including Heartland’s
Notice Saver offerings which both received Canstar New
Zealand recognition in the year.
2
‒In Q1 and Q2, Heartland Bank experienced the highest growth
rate in retail deposits of all main and domestic banks in NZ.
1
‒Other borrowings decreased by $134.4 million (17.9%), largely
due to the maturity of a $150 million retail bond, as well as the
amount drawn down in Heartland Bank’s committed auto
warehouse facility decreasing by $40.7 million. This was partially
offset by an issuance of $100 million of unsecured subordinated
notes to the retail market in 2H2023, which qualify as Tier 2
capital for regulatory purposes.
‒Total liquidity strengthened, increasing by $76.3 million (12.1%)
to $704.2 million.
•Heartland Bank holds liquidity well in excess of regulatory minimums
and maintains strong regulatory liquidity ratios.
1
Based on balance sheet data from the RBNZ.
2
Awarded July 2022 and July 2023.
3
Includes intercompany deposits.
234
192
132
173
397
317
274
315
105
113
221
216
736
622
628
704
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23
HBL Liquidity Composition $m
Undrawn limitInvestmentsCash
Core funding ratio
89.6%
as at Jun 23
vs 75% regulatory minimum
↓ 0.6 pps vs Jun 22
1-week mismatch
8.66%
as at Jun 23
vs 0% regulatory minimum
↑ 1.5 ppsvs Jun 22
1-month mismatch
8.31%
as at Jun 23
vs 0% regulatory minimum
↑ 1.4 ppsvs Jun 22
NZ funding & liquidity
18
02
705
877
919
1,119
145
221
281
242
121
850
1,098
1,200
1,482
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23
Heartland Australia
Funding Composition A$m
Securitised fundingMTNsOther Borrowings
145
111
154
55
37
60
58
47
183
171
213
102
Jun 20Jun 21Jun 22Jun 23
Heartland Australia
Liquidity Composition A$m
Undrawn limitCash
1
Comprised of Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries.
2
Comprised of StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd, StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and their subsidiaries.
AU funding & liquidity
Heartland Australia
1
•Heartland Australia increased borrowings by
A$282.0 million (23.5%) to A$1,482.2 million.
•A A$30 million tap issue was completed in August
2022 and a further A$50 million MTN was issued in
October 2022. Heartland Australia’s April 2023
A$120 million MTN maturity was refinanced. This
now takes the aggregate outstanding issuance
under Heartland Australia’s MTN programme to
A$240 million as at 30 June 2023.
•Maturity of Reverse Mortgage securitisation
warehouses were extended by two and three
years, and aggregate senior limits were expanded
by A$100 million, providing additional headroom to
fund future growth in the portfolio. This provides
Heartland Australia with access to A$1.54 billion of
committed funding in aggregate.
StockCoAustralia
2
•StockCoAustralia increased borrowings by
A$17.2 million (5.2%) to A$346.4 million.
19
02
•Heartland Bank’s regulatory capital ratio increased
to 14.69% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022:
13.49%). Heartland Bank continues to operate
significantly in excess of regulatory minimums and
is well positioned to meet the RBNZ’s future higher
capital requirements.
•In order to accelerate this journey, diversify its
capital base and accommodate future projected
growth, Heartland Bank issued$100 million
unsecured subordinated Tier 2 capital notes in
2H2023.
•The RBNZ future capital requirements are for a
core capital ratio of 11.50% and a total capital ratio
of 16.00% by 1 July 2028.
Note:
1. Increase in share capital is primarily as a result of a $199 million equity raise completed in September 2022.
2. Retained earnings includes current NPAT.
Capital
20
02
729
75
50
177
Heartland Capital Allocation $m
Heartland BankHeartland Australia
StockCo AustraliaHeartland Group Holdings
$1,031 million (13.3% of total assets) as at 30 June 2023
Total Tier 1 Capital
contribution(0.01%)
0.01%
(0.06%)
(0.04%)
(0.30%)
(4)
Leanne Lazarus
Chief Executive Officer Heartland Bank
03
NZ divisional summary
$4,901m
NZ Receivables
$354m (7.8%)
vs FY2022
22
NZ divisional summary
03
Household
$2,827m,
57.7%
Rural
$701m,
14.3%
Business
$1,373m,
28.0%
$227m
NZ NOI
$4m (1.8%)
vs FY2022
Household
$118m,
51.9%
Rural
$34m,
15.1%
Business
$75m,
33.1%
4,547
4,901
167
187
(18)
-
(17)
9
38
(30)
49
(27)
(24)
20
Jun-22Reverse
Mortgages
MotorPersonal LendingHome LoansBusiness
Relationship
Asset FinanceWholesale
Lending
Open for BusinessRural RelationshipLivestock FinanceRural DirectJun-23
(8.2%)
13.5%
(3.9%)
7.8%
(27.3%)
11.6%
13.4%
(17.1%)
11.2%
(9.9%)
23.2%
23
NZ divisional summary
03
↗$354m (7.8%)
↗$374m(15.3%)
Household
Business
Rural
Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.
↘$31m(2.2%)
↗$11m(1.7%)
24
NZ Household
03
$2,827m
Household Receivables
$374m (15.3%)
vs 30 June 2022
$118m
Household NOI
$0.3m (0.2%)
vs FY2022
Reverse
Mortgages
$42.4m, 36.0%
$9.9m (30.3%)
Motor
Finance
$64.2m, 54.6%
$8.7m (11.9%)
Reverse
Mortgages
$888.6m, 31.4%
$167.3m (23.2%)
Motor
Finance
$1,571.4m, 55.6%
$186.8m (13.5%)
Home Loans
1
$319.6m, 11.3%
$37.7m (13.4%)
1
Includes Online Home Loans and legacy Retail Mortgages.
2
Excluding the impact of changes in FXrates.
Personal Lending
$47.3m, 1.7%
$17.8m (27.3%)
Personal Lending
$6.6m, 5.6%
$3.1m (32.2%)
Home Loans
1
$4.4m, 3.7%
$1.6m (59.6%)
Motor Finance
•Strong growth of 13.5%. Market share gains
made at the expense of margin, alongside
general margin compression due to a shift in
asset quality and competitive pressures.
•Broad distribution network and digital
innovation were key contributing factors in
achieving system growth in a difficult market.
Reverse Mortgages
•Strong demand due to increased education and
awareness of reverse mortgages as a solution
to the ongoing strains placed on older
homeowners by cost of living and cash flow
pressures.
Online Home Loans
•While subdued compared to FY2022, Online
Home Loans experienced growth in a
challenging economic environment.
•Retention exceeded 90% for customers whose
fixed rates came up for renewal in FY2023.
Personal Lending
2
•Includes loans originated directly through
Heartland Bank, and those originated by
Harmoneyin NZ and AU.
•To manage risk in the current environment, this
portfolio is not actively originating.
•The Harmoney personal loans channel is closed
to new business and running down.
25
NZ Reverse Mortgages portfolio analytics
03
1
Compounded annual growth rate for the period 1 July 2018 –30 June 2023.
$889m
NZ Reverse Mortgages
+$167m (23.2%)vs June 2022
$128,938
Average
loansize
78
Weighted average
borrowers’ age
16.4%
Compounded annual
growth rate
1
9.8%
Average
originationLVR
21.3%
Weighted
averageLVR
0.0%
Proportion ofthe
loan book over75%LVR
0
Number ofloans in the
book over75%LVR
$197m
(+$32m vs FY2022)
FY2023 origination
$97m
(+$12m vs FY2022)
Total repayments in FY2023
13.4%
(vs 14.0% in FY2022)
FY2023 repayment rate
31.8%
(vs 32.1% in FY2022)
Repayments from vintage loans
(+11 years)
26
NZ Business
03
$1,373m
Business Receivables
$31m (2.2%)
vs 30 June 2022
$75m
Business NOI
$0.2m (0.2%)
vs FY2022
Wholesale
Lending
$245.2m, 17.8%
$27.1m (9.9%)
Asset
Finance
$682.8m, 49.7%
$49.2m (7.8%)
Relationship
$328.5m, 23.9%
$29.5m (8.2%)
Wholesale
Lending
$13.5m, 18.0%
$5.4m
(67.4%)
Asset
Finance
$30.3m, 40.4%
$0.2m (0.5%)
Relationship
$18.3m, 24.4%
$4.3m (19.1%)
1
Excludingthe impact of changes in FXrates.
Asset Finance
•Solid growth with continued focus on freight
transport and yellow goods sectors.
•NIM affected by change in mix of new
business weighted toward an improved credit
profile. Lower margin loans being repaid and
replaced, and expected to have a positive
contribution to margin in late FY2024.
Wholesale Lending
•Includes floorplan lending to vehicle retailers
and wholesale facilities to other lenders,
including for medium enterprises that on-lend
to their own customers in the consumer
motor and business sectors.
•Utilisationof floorplan lending limits
decreased due to unpredictable inventory
conditions.
Relationship
•Includes legacy Business Relationship lending
being run down as Heartland transitions to
loans which present lower risk and are more
cost efficient to transact.
O4B
1
•Stopped actively originating in Q2 to manage
risk due to the macro-economic challenges
for the SME sector.
O4B
1
$117.1m, 8.5%
$24.1m (17.1%)
O4B
$12.9m, 17.2%
$0.8m (5.7%)
27
NZ Rural
03
$701m
Rural Receivables
$11m (1.7%)
vs 30 June 2022
Rural
Relationship
$424.4m, 60.6%
$17.1m (3.9%)
Livestock
Finance
$191.2m, 27.3%
$19.9m (11.6%)
Rural Direct
$84.9m, 12.1%
$8.6m (11.2%)
$34m
Rural NOI
$4m (13.5%)
vs FY2022
Rural
Relationship
$24.2m, 70.8%
$1.2m (5.4%)
Livestock
Finance
$7.4m, 21.5%
$1.6m (27.5%)
Rural Direct
$2.6m, 7.7%
$1.2m (85.9%)
RuralRelationship
•Reduction in Receivables of $17.1m due to
the continued transition of the book away
from large, complex, low margin lending.
•Heartland’s exposure to the dairy sector
reduced to 32.8% of the total Rural book.
Livestock Finance
•Growth of 11.6% in a market impacted by
falling commodity prices, difficult climatic
conditions and Cyclone Gabrielle in the
Hawke’s Bay and Tairāwhitiregions.
•6% of growth originated from the addition of
key intermediary partnerships, with the
balance from existing customers.
Rural Direct
•Online platforms which are lower risk and
cost efficient to transact.
•Includes Heartland’s Sheep & Beef Direct
and Dairy Direct products, providing online
finance to sheep, beef and dairy farmers.
A number of initiatives are being delivered through a systemised programme of work to
enhance digital, self-service and automation capabilities.
CTI ratio reduction initiatives
28
03
Four key automation and digitalisation initiatives:
Zero inbound calls
Digitisebasic banking requests to enable
customers to self-serve via the Heartland
Mobile App, create a seamless user
experience, and reduce inbound customer
call volumes. In doing so, employees will be
able to focus on more complex customer
requests.
•Heartland Bank’s ambition is to
reduce inbound customer call
volumes by approx. 73% by 30 June
2025 by developing Mobile App self-
service features to address the top
reasons for inbound customer calls.
Motor digitalisation
•Continued enhancement of
Motor Finance digital capabilities
to enable faster and easier
access to vehicle finance
through online application
platforms.
•Intention to rollout seven
branded online origination
platforms to Motor Finance
dealer partners in FY2024.
One-Click Deferral
Offer flexibility for customers to
self-manage their Motor Finance
loan repayments digitally via the
Mobile App, including customers in
arrears.
•Develop seven new functions
and features to enable
customers to self-manage
repayments, reducing the
need for customers to
contact Heartland Bank.
Process automation
Upgrade and introduce scalable
digital technologies to optimise
back-end processes and improve
efficiency.
Increase automation to improve
workflows and reduce manual
effort, reducing friction for
customers and employees.
•Heartland Bank’s ambition is
to automate approx. 65% of
operations and collections
manual processes by 30
June 2025.
Chris Flood
Deputy Chief Executive Officer Heartland Group
04
AU divisional summary
30
AU divisional summary
04
$1,920m
AU Receivables
1
$271m (16.5%)
vs 30 June 2022
Household
$1,539m,
80.2%
Rural
$381m,
19.8%
$79m
AU NOI
$40m (102.3%)
vs FY2022
Household
$47m,
59.8%
Rural
2
$32m,
40.2%
1
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates
2
Includesfull year contribution of StockcCoAustralia since the completion of acquisition on 31 May 2022.
31
AU divisional summary
04
Waterfall to show growth
↗$271m (16.5%)
1,649
1,920
264
8
Jun-22Reverse MortgagesLivestock FinanceJun-23
2.1%
20.7%
Note: The graph shows FY2023growth in receivables by portfolio excluding the impact of changes in FX rates and intercompany balances. All figures inNZ$m.
1
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.
32
AU Household
04
$1,539m
Household Receivables
1
$263.7m (20.7%)
vs 30 June 2022
$47m
Household NOI
$8.2m (20.9%)
vs FY2022
ReverseMortgages
1
•Growth was driven by increased debt
consolidation and cost of living requests
due to current economic environment, and
customers seeking funds to age in place
more comfortably.
•Growth is expected to remain strong in
FY2024 as ongoing improvements and
efficiencies are made to the loan
application, approval and maintenance
process.
33
AU Reverse Mortgages portfolio analytics
1
1
All figures in NZD, excluding the impact of changes in FX rates (where applicable).
2
Compounded annual growth rate for the period 1 July 2018 –30 June 2023.
$1,539m
AU Reverse Mortgages
+$264m (20.7%)vs June 2022
$180,432
Average
loansize
77
Weighted average
borrowers’ age
22.8%
Compounded annual
growth rate
2
11.7%
Average
originationLVR
21.5%
Weighted
averageLVR
0.0%
Proportion ofthe
loan book over75%LVR
1
Number ofloans in the
book over75%LVR
$349m
(+$78m vs FY2022)
FY2023 origination
$197m
(+$30m vs FY2022)
Total repayments in FY2023
16.0%
(vs 15.7% in FY2022)
FY2023 repayment rate
16.1%
(vs 19.0% in FY2022)
Repayments from vintage loans
(+11 years)
04
AU Rural
34
04
Livestock Finance
•Subdued growth was due to
macroeconomic events affecting livestock
prices and demand, including adverse
weather conditions, the rising interest rate
environment, and low export demand with
the USA drought and China’s COVID-19
response contributing to freezers being full
around the world.
•Despite lower dollars per head, the volume
of livestock financed increased. At 30 June
2023, cattle was up 25% compared with 30
June 2022. Sheep transactions were flat.
•Direct client growth of 11%.
•Processor capacity has been strained due
to a lack of skilled workers, the ongoing
impacts of COVID-19 and adverse weather
conditions. Slaughter production in 2022
was down approximately 27% from 2021
volumes. This is expected to improve in the
first half of FY2024 and have a positive
effect on livestock demand and value, as
processors work through their backlog.
•The outlook is positive with demand for
protein expected to increase and have a
positive effect on livestock value.
$381m
Rural Receivables
1
$7.7m (2.1%)
vs 30 June 2022
$32m
Rural NOI
2
1
Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates
2
Includesfull year contribution of StockcCoAustralia since the completion of acquisition on 31 May 2022.
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer Heartland Group
05
Outlook
Outlook
36
05
Business as usual growth
•Heartland’s strength is its track record of strong
growth in core lending portfolios.
•Growth focus will be on Reverse Mortgages,
Motor Finance, Asset Finance and Livestock
Finance.
•Supported by ongoing digitalisationand
automation of lending platforms.
•Leverage demographic-driven demand in
Reverse Mortgages.
NIM stabilisation
•NIM outlook is stable with repayment and replacement of legacy lower margin
Motor Finance and Asset Finance loans.
•Growth mix will continue to influence margin, causing acceptable contraction
offset by corresponding growth.
Ambition to double underlying NPAT within 5 years
•Since 2012, Heartland’s NPAT has more than tripled.
•Ambition to continue track record of income growth by doubling underlying
NPAT within 5 years.
Obtain an ADI licence
•Complete Challenger Bank acquisition, which
remains subject to RBNZ and APRA approval.
Heartland’s desire is to complete the acquisition
in the 2023 calendar year.
•Post-completion, Heartland’s focus will be on
integration and leveraging its common
distribution channels in NZ to expand into AU.
Ambition to reduce underlying CTI ratio to <35% by FY2028
•Digitalisationinitiatives underway to improve operational efficiency and increase
customer self-service functionality, including One-Click Deferral, reducing
telephony, and further automation.
•Revenue growth and careful management of costs critical pathways to a
reduced CTI ratio.
•Stable CTI ratio expected while investment and delivery of initiatives continues .
FY2024 NPAT
•Heartland expects NPAT for FY2024 to be within the guidance range of $116 million to $122 million, excluding any impacts of
fair value changes on equity investments held and the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, and any costs related to
the acquisition of Challenger Bank, which remains subject to RBNZ and APRA approval.
•As the acquisition nears completion, guidance will be updated to reflect the impact of Challenger Bank becoming part of
Heartland.
06
Disclaimer, glossary & appendices
Disclaimer
This presentation has been prepared by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (NZX/ASX:
HGH) (the Companyor Heartland) for the purpose of briefings in relation to its financial
statements.
The presentation and the briefing (together the Presentation) contain summary information
only, which should not be relied on in isolation from the full detail in the financial statements.
The information in the Presentation has been prepared with due care and attention, but its
accuracy, correctness and completeness cannot be guaranteed. No person (including the
Company and its directors, shareholders and employees) will be liable to any other person
for any loss arising in connection with the Presentation.
The Presentation outlines a number of the Company’s forward-looking plans and projections.
Those plans and projections reflect current expectations, but are inherently subject to risk
and uncertainty, and may change at any time. There is no assurance that those plans will be
implemented or that projections will be realised. You are strongly cautioned not to place
undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, particularly in light of the current
economic climate.
No person is under any obligation to update this presentation at any time after its release or
to provide further information about the Company.
The information in this presentation is of a general nature and does not constitute financial
product advice, investment advice or any recommendation. Nothing in this presentation
constitutes legal, financial, tax or other advice.
Non-GAAP measures
This presentation contains references to non-GAAP measures including underlying profit or
loss, underlying ROE, underlying CTI ratios and underlying EPS. A reconciliation between
reported and the non-GAAP measure of underlying financial information is included on page
42.
Because Heartland complies with accounting standards, investors know that comparisons
can be made with confidence between reported profits and those of other companies, and
there is integrity in Heartland’s reporting approach. These non-GAAP figures are provided as
a supplementary measure for readers to assess Heartland’s performance alongside NZ GAAP
reported measures, where one-offs, both positive and negative, can make it difficult to
compare profits between years. However, these non-GAAP measures do not have
standardisedmeanings prescribed by GAAP and should not be viewed in isolation nor
considered a substitute for measures reported in accordance with NZ GAAP.
Non-GAAP financial information has not been subject to review by PricewaterhouseCoopers,
Heartland’s external auditor.
All amounts are in New Zealand dollars unless otherwise indicated. Financial data in this
presentation is as at 30 June 2023 unless otherwise indicated. Any other financial
information provided as at a date after 30 June 2023 has not been audited or reviewed by any
independent registered public accounting firm.
38
06
Glossary
39
06
ABPAustralia Bank ProgrammeNIINet interest income
ADIAuthorised deposit-taking institutionNIMNet interest margin
ANZSICAustralian and New Zealand Standard Industrial ClassificationNOINet operating income
APRAAustralian Prudential Regulation AuthorityNPATNet profit after tax
bpsBasis pointsO4BOpen for Business
CCCFANew Zealand Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003OOIOther Operating Income
Challenger BankChallenger Bank LimitedOPEXOperating expenses
cpsCents per shareppsPercentage points
CTI ratioCost to income ratioRBNZReserve Bank of New Zealand
DRPDividend Reinvestment PlanReceivablesGross Finance Receivables
EPSEarnings per shareROEReturn on Equity
FXForeign currency exchangeSMESmall-to-medium sized enterprise
HarmoneyHarmoney Corp LimitedTSRTotal shareholder return
HeartlandHeartland Group Holdings Limited or the CompanyQ1First quarter of FY2023 (1 July to 30 September 2022)
Heartland Australia
Group
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its direct and indirect
wholly-owned subsidiaries
Q2Second quarter of FY2023 (1 October to 31 December 2022)
Heartland Bank, HBLHeartland Bank LimitedQ4Fourth quarter of FY2023 (1 April to 30 June 2023)
LVRLoan-to-value ratio1H2023First half of FY2023 (1 July to 31 December 2022)
MTNMedium Term Note2H2023Second half of FY2023 (1 January to 30 June 2023)
ReportedUnderlying
$m FY2023FY2022Change ($)Change (%)FY2023FY2022Change ($)Change (%)
NII282.0250.131.812.7%283.9248.335.614.3%
OOI
1
3.317.5(14.1)(81.0%)16.913.73.122.7%
NOI285.3267.617.76.6%300.7262.038.714.8%
OPEX128.1116.811.39.7%126.2111.414.913.4%
Impairment Expense23.213.89.468.1%23.215.77.547.9%
Profit Before Tax134.0137.0(3.0)(2.2%)151.2134.916.312.1%
Tax Expense38.141.9(3.8)(9.0%)41.138.82.35.8%
NPAT95.995.10.70.8%110.296.114.114.6%
NIM
3.97%4.05%(8 bps)4.00%4.16%(16 bps)
CTI
44.9%43.6%126 bps42.0%42.5%(53 bps)
Impairment Expense Ratio
2
0.36%0.25%11 bps0.36%0.29%7 bps
ROE
10.4%12.1%(169 bps)11.9%12.6%(68 bps)
EPS
14.0 cps16.1 cps
(2.1cps)16.0 cps16.3 cps(0.3 cps)
1
Includes fair value movements.
2
Impaired asset expense as a percentage of average Receivables.
Appendix 1: Financial performance
40
06
$m30 June 202330 June 2022Movement ($m)Movement (%)
Liquid Assets627585427.1%
Gross Finance Receivables6,7916,1965969.6%
Provisions(53)(52)(1)(2.4%)
Other Assets383362215.8%
Total Assets7,7477,0906579.3%
Retail Deposits4,1313,59353915.0%
Other Borrowings2,4962,578(82)(3.2%)
Total Funding6,6276,1714577.4%
Other Liabilities89111(22)(19.7%)
Equity1,03180922227.5%
Total Equity & Liabilities7,7477,0906579.3%
Appendix 2: Financial position
41
06
FY2023 one-offs included in the reported result:
•Hedging: a $9.1 million loss was recognised in relation to derivatives that were de-
designated from prior hedge accounting relationships in FY2022.
•Valuation of equity investments: a $4.5 million fair value loss was recognised on
investment in Harmoneyshares.
•Bridging loan: a $1.9 million interest expense was recognisedfor a $174 million
(A$158 million) bridging loan taken by Heartland to acquire StockCo Australia, which
was fully repaid in September 2022.
•Other provisions:$0.7 million of unwarranted legacy provisions were released.
•ABP costs: $2.2 million of transaction and other costs in relation to becoming an ADI
in Australia. In addition, $6.4 million of costs directly attributable to applying to
become an ADI have been capitalisedas an intangible asset.
•Other non-recurring expenses: $0.3 million.
FY2022one-offs included in the reported result:
•Hedging: A $16.7 million gain was recognisedin relation to derivatives that were de-
designated from hedge accounting relationships.
•Valuation of equity investments: a $12.7 million fair value loss was recognisedon
investment in Harmoneyshares, and a further $0.3 million fair value loss was recognised
on Heartland Bank’s rights over a profit-sharing arrangement with a customer.
•Impairment provisions: $9.6 million COVID-19 Overlay, originally raised in FY2020, remained
entirely unutilisedand was released in full. A new $8.0 million Economic Overlay was
created.
•Voluntary amortisationof intangibles: $2.9 million expense was recognisedfor intangibles
that are no longer expected to derive future economic benefits.
•Other non-recurring expenses: $1.0 million.
•Aged items provisions and legacy accruals: a combined $0.5 million of unwarranted
accruals and provisions for aged legacy suspense account transactions were released.
•Tax adjustments: a $1.2 million release of tax provisions relating to prior periods and $0.2
million of other non-recurring tax benefits were recognisedduring the year.
Appendix 3: Reconciliation of reported with underlying results
42
06
$mFY2023FY2022Movement ($)Movement (%)
Reported NOI285.3 267.6 17.7 6.6%
Less:
StockCo Australia impacts(1.9)1.9 (3.8)
Hedge accounting Impacts(9.1)16.7 (25.8)
Net fair value gain/loss on investments(4.5)(13.0)8.5
Underlying NOI300.7 262.0 38.7 14.8%
Reported OPEX128.1 116.8 11.3 9.7%
Less:
StockCo Australia impacts-1.9 (1.9)
Voluntarily accelerated amortisation-2.9 (2.9)
Legacy provisions and accruals(0.7)(0.5)(0.2)
ABP costs2.2 -2.2
Other non-recurring items0.3 1.0 (0.7)
Underlying OPEX
126.2 111.4 14.9
13.4%
Reported impairment expense23.2 13.8 9.4 68.1%
Less:
StockCo Australia impacts
-(0.3)
0.3
COVID-19 overlay release
-(9.6)
9.6
Economic Overlay created
-8.0
(8.0)
Underlying impairment expense
23.2 15.7 7.5
47.9%
Reported NPAT95.9 95.1 0.7 0.8%
Less:
Post-tax impact of one-offs(14.3)(2.3)(12.0)
Tax adjustments relating to prior periods-1.4 (1.4)
Underlying NPAT
110.2 96.1 14.1
14.6%
Reported NIM
3.97%4.05%
(8 bps)
Underlying NIM
4.00%4.16%(16 bps)
Reported CTI
44.9%43.6%126 bps
Underlying CTI
42.0%42.5%(53 bps)
Reported ROE
10.4%12.1%(169 bps)
Underlying ROE
11.9%12.6%(68 bps)
Investor information
For more information
heartlandgroup.info/investor-information
Investor & media relations
Nicola Foley
Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809
nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Thank you
---
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt
Security issuer)
Updated as at June 2023
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2022
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$285,315 6.6%
Total Revenue $285,315 6.6%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$95,868 0.8%
Total net profit/(loss) $95,868 0.8%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.06000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.02333333
Record Date 06/09/2023
Dividend Payment Date 20/09/2023
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$1.09 $0.96
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Please refer to the audited financial statements that accompany
this announcement for a further explanation of these figures.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer
Contact person for this
announcement
Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications
Contact phone number +64 27 3456 809
Contact email address nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
29/08/2023
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Updated as at June 2023
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary shares
NZX ticker code HGH
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZHGHE0007S9
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 6/09/2023
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
5/09/2023
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
20/09/2023
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$ 42,579,492.00
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Retained earnings
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$ 0.08333333
Gross taxable amount
3
$ 0.08333333
Total cash distribution
4
$ 0.06000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
NIL
Supplementary distribution amount $ 0.01058824
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
Is the distribution imputed
Fully imputed – YES
Partial imputation
No imputation
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
28%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$ 0.02333333
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$ 0.00416667
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2.0%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
7/09/2023 13/09/2023
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
14/09/2023
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New issue
DRP strike price per financial product
$
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
07/09/2023
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
Andrew Dixson, Chief Financial Officer
Contact person for this
announcement
Nicola Foley, Group Head of Communications
Contact phone number +64 27 3456 809
Contact email address nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
29/08/2023
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
---
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
NZX/ASX release
29 August 2023
ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3 Statement
Heartland Group Holdings Limited’s (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) (an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing)
confirms, for the purposes of ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3, that it has complied with and continues to
comply with the Listing Rules of NZX Limited, which is its overseas home exchange.
– ENDS –
The person(s) who authorised this announcement:
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
For further information, please contact:
Nicola Foley
Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809
nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand
---
Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2023
P. 2
Contents
Page
General Information........................................................................................................................................................... 3
Auditor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Other Material Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 3
Directors............................................................................................................................................................................... 4
Directors’ Statements......................................................................................................................................................... 5
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income...................................................................................................... 6
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity................................................................................................................ 7
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position................................................................................................................. 8
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows............................................................................................................................ 9
Notes to the Financial Statements
1 Financial statements preparation........................................................................................................................ 12
Performance
2 Segmental analysis................................................................................................................................................. 17
3 Net interest income................................................................................................................................................ 19
4 Net operating lease income................................................................................................................................... 20
5 Other income........................................................................................................................................................... 20
6 Operating expenses................................................................................................................................................. 21
7 Compensation of auditor....................................................................................................................................... 21
8 Impaired asset expense.......................................................................................................................................... 22
9 Taxation.................................................................................................................................................................... 23
10 Earnings per share.................................................................................................................................................. 24
Financial Position
11 Investments............................................................................................................................................................ 25
12 Derivative financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 26
13 Finance receivables................................................................................................................................................ 32
14 Operating lease vehicles........................................................................................................................................ 37
15 Borrowings.............................................................................................................................................................. 37
16 Share capital and dividends.................................................................................................................................. 39
17 Other reserves........................................................................................................................................................ 40
18 Other balance sheet items.................................................................................................................................... 41
19 Acquisition.............................................................................................................................................................. 45
20 Related party transactions and balances............................................................................................................ 47
21 Fair value................................................................................................................................................................. 49
Risk Management
22 Enterprise risk management................................................................................................................................. 55
23 Credit risk exposure............................................................................................................................................... 59
24 Liquidity risk............................................................................................................................................................ 64
25 Interest rate risk..................................................................................................................................................... 66
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries.......................................................................................................................................... 69
27 Structured entities................................................................................................................................................. 69
28 Staff share ownership arrangements................................................................................................................. 71
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities................................................................. 73
30 Concentrations of funding.................................................................................................................................... 73
31 Offsetting financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 74
32 Contingent liabilities and commitments............................................................................................................. 75
33 Events after reporting date.................................................................................................................................. 75
Auditor’s Report.................................................................................................................................................................. 76
P. 3
General Information
These financial statements are issued by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year
ended 30 June 2023.
Name and address for service
The Group’s address for service is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
Details of incorporation
HGH was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 19 July 2018.
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
PwC Tower, Level 27
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
Other Material Matters
There are no material matters relating to the business or affairs of the Group that are not disclosed in these consolidated financial
statements which, if disclosed, would materially affect the decision of a person to subscribe for debt or equity instruments of
which the Group is the issuer.
P. 4
Directors
All Directors of HGH reside in New Zealand with the exception of Ellen Frances Comerford and Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes
who reside in Australia. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Group Holdings Limited, Level 3, 35 Teed
Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
On 20 February 2023, Geoffrey Ricketts stepped down as Chairperson of Heartland Group Holdings Limited and ceased
directorship of Heartland Group Holdings Limited on 10 March 2023.
The Board resolved on 23 February 2023 for Greg Tomlinson to assume the role of Chairperson.
There have been no other changes to the composition of the Board of Directors of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2023.
The Directors of HGH and their details at the time these financial statements were signed were:
Chair – Board of Directors
Name: Gregory Raymond Tomlinson Qualifications: AME
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Alta Cable Holdings Limited, Chippies Vineyard Limited, Indevin Group Limited, Mountbatten Trustee Limited, Nearco Stud
Limited, Oceania Healthcare Limited, Pelorus Finance Limited, St Leonards Limited, Tomlinson Group Argenta GP Limited,
Tomlinson Group NZ Limited, Tomlinson Holdings Limited, Tomlinson Group Investments Limited, Tomlinson Ventures Limited,
Terra Vitae Vineyards Limited, Villa Maria Estate Limited.
Name: Ellen Frances Comerford Qualifications: BEc
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Airtasker Limited, Comerford Gohl Holdings Pty Limited, Lendi Group Pty Ltd, IVM InterSurer B.V, Hollard Investments B.V, Hollard
Investments II BV, Greenstone Holdco Pty Ltd.
Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Qualifications: LLB
Type of Director: Non-Independent Executive Director Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings
External Directorships:
Henley Family Investments Limited.
Name: Kathryn Mitchell Qualifications: BA, CMInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited, Farmright Limited, Firsttrax Limited, Helpings Hands Holdings
Limited, Link Engine Management Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, The A2 Milk
Company Limited
Name: Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes Qualifications: BBA
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
OnePath General Insurance Pty Limited, Zurich Australian Insurance Limited, Zurich Australia Limited, Zurich Financial Services
Australia Limited, Zurich Investment Management Limited.
P.5
Directors' Statements
The consolidated financial statements are dated 28 August 2023 and have been signed by all Directors.
G R Tomlinson (Chair) E F Comerford
J K Greenslade G E Summerhayes
K Mitchell
P.6
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2023
$000's Note
June 2023 June 2022
Interest income
3
527,710 342,101
Interest expense
3
245,721 91,959
Net interest income 281,989 250,142
Operating lease income
4
5,631 5,284
Operating lease expenses
4
3,827 3,383
Net operating lease income 1,804 1,901
Lending and credit fee income 11,753 9,639
Other (expense)/income
5
(5,742) 18,933
Net operating income 289,804 280,615
Operating expenses
6
128,079 116,753
Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax 161,725 163,862
Fair value (loss) on investments (4,488) (12,998)
Impaired asset expense
8
23,244 13,823
Profit before income tax 133,993 137,041
Income tax expense
9
38,125 41,916
Profit for the year 95,868 95,125
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 7,116 7,041
Movement in fair value reserve (533)(712)
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve (6,803) 2,340
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Movement in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive
income
(2,411) -
Movement in defined benefit reserve -(171)
Net loss due to wind-up of superannuation scheme -(473)
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax (2,631) 8,025
Total comprehensive income for the year 93,237 103,150
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
10 13.96c
16.13c
Diluted earnings per share
10 13.96c
16.13c
Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owners of the Group.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 7
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2023
June 2023 June 2022
Share
Capital Reserves
Retained
Earnings Total Equity
Share
Capital Reserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
$000's
Note
Balance at beginning of year 599,185 9,936 199,586 808,707 583,781 (477) 178,388 761,692
Total comprehensive income for
the year
Profit for the year - - 95,868 95,868 - - 95,125 95,125
Other comprehensive
(loss)/income, net of income tax
17 - (2,631) - (2,631) - 8,498 (473) 8,025
Total comprehensive income for
the year
- (2,631) 95,868 93,237 - 8,498 94,652 103,150
Contributions by and
distributions
to owners
Dividends paid 16 - - (71,402) (71,402) - - (73,454) (73,454)
Dividend reinvestment plan 16 7,100 - - 7,100 15,404 - - 15,404
Transaction costs associated with
capital raising
(3,749) - - (3,749) - - - -
Share based payments - 105 - 105 - 1,915 - 1,915
Share issuance 16 197,006 - - 197,006
Vesting of share based payments 1,170 (1,170) - - - - - -
Total transactions with owners 201,527 (1,065) (71,402) 129,060 15,404 1,915 (73,454) (56,135)
Balance at end of the year 800,712 6,240 224,052 1,031,004 599,185 9,936 199,586 808,707
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 8
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2023
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 311,503 310,758
Investments 11 330,240 289,294
Derivative financial instruments 12 36,983 45,221
Finance receivables 13 4,334,214 4,146,821
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 21 2,403,810 1,996,854
Investment properties 11,903 11,832
Operating lease vehicles 14 16,966 15,161
Right of use assets 18 12,318 14,145
Other assets 18 27,990 18,229
Current tax asset 1,960 -
Intangible assets 18 235,733 218,874
Deferred tax asset 9 21,105 23,074
Total assets 7,744,725 7,090,263
Liabilities
Deposits 15 4,131,025 3,592,508
Other borrowings 15 2,496,375 2,578,213
Derivative financial instruments 12 7,624 6,341
Lease liabilities 18 14,287 16,240
Tax liabilities 6,112 22,044
Trade and other payables 18 58,298 66,210
Total liabilities 6,713,721 6,281,556
Net assets 1,031,004 808,707
Equity
Share capital 16 800,712 599,185
Retained earnings and other reserves 17 230,292 209,522
Total equity 1,031,004 808,707
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 9
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2023
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received 333,874 222,894
Operating lease income received 4,571 3,913
Lending, credit fees and other income received 6,292 6,101
Operating inflows 344,737 232,908
Interest paid (193,679) (100,467)
Payments to suppliers and employees (128,195) (69,463)
Taxation paid (54,629) (32,987)
Operating outflows (376,503) (202,917)
Net cash flows (applied to)/from operating activities before changes in operating assets
and liabilities
(31,766) 29,991
Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles 4,492 4,481
Purchase of operating lease vehicles (8,766) (10,758)
Net movement in finance receivables (448,210) (693,512)
Net movement in deposits 526,939 407,484
Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities
1
42,689 (262,314)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (24,669) (9,809)
Proceeds from investment securities 55,443 82,945
Purchase of investment securities (95,000) -
Deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (3,936) -
Purchase of equity investment (6,952) (7,414)
Purchase of investment property (71) -
Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired (3,047) (159,919)
Net cash flows (applied to) investing activities (78,232) (94,197)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from wholesale funding 1,264,359 1,103,510
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (1,208,292) (635,371)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes 87,589 77,243
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (330,300) -
Proceeds from issue of subordinated notes 97,934 -
Dividends paid (64,303) (58,050)
Payment of lease liabilities (2,656) (2,396)
Net issue of share capital 16 193,364 -
Total cash provided from financing activities 37,695 484,936
Net increase in cash held 2,152 128,425
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (1,407) -
Opening cash and cash equivalents 310,758 182,333
Closing cash and cash equivalents
2
311,503 310,758
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.
2
At 30 June 2023, the Group has $97.0 million (2022: $76.7 million) of cash held by the Trusts which may only be used for the purposes defined
in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of Trusts and further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 10
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Profit for the year 95,868 95,125
Add/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 10,124 10,691
Depreciation on lease vehicles 14 3,461 3,103
Capitalised net interest income and fee income (154,706) (113,368)
Impaired asset expense 8 23,244 13,823
Investment fair value movement 6,899 12,998
Deferred tax 1,969 (8,957)
Other non-cash items 2,097 (12,310)
Total non-cash items (106,912) (94,020)
Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:
Finance receivables (448,210) (693,512)
Operating lease vehicles (5,266) (6,277)
Other assets (2,856) (207)
Current tax (17,892) 14,604
Derivative financial instruments 9,521 (23,214)
Deposits 526,939 407,484
Other liabilities (8,503) 37,703
Total movements in operating assets and liabilities 53,733 (263,419)
Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities
1
42,689 (262,314)
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 11
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Net debt reconciliation
The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Balance as at beginning of year
1
2,594,453 1,693,299
Proceeds from wholesale funding 1,264,359 1,103,510
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (1,208,292) (635,371)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes 87,589 77,243
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (330,300) -
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 97,934 -
Payment of lease liabilities (2,656) (2,396)
Total cash movements (91,366) 542,986
Acquisition of debt from purchase of subsidiary - 358,942
Capitalised interest and fee expense 34,809 12,630
Fair value movements (473) (11,534)
Foreign exchange and other movements (26,761) (1,870)
Total non-cash movements 7,575 358,168
Balance as at the end of year 2,510,662 2,594,453
1
Includes lease liabilities and other borrowings.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 12
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2023
1 Financial statements preparation
Reporting entity
The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Group Holdings (HGH) and its
subsidiaries (the Group). Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries for further details.
HGH is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and a Financial Market Conduct (FMC) reporting
entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New
Zealand (NZ GAAP), the New Zealand Exchange (NZX) Main Board Listing Rules and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)
Listing Rules. The financial statements comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ
IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for profit-oriented entities. The financial statements also
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Group's functional and presentation
currency. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Group's funding and
liquidity position.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these consolidated financial
statements.
Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial year. These
reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the comparative year.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial instruments and
investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting policies set out in the accompanying
notes to the financial statements.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.
Controlled entities are all entities in which the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the
entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities. Intercompany transactions, balances and
any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are
eliminated.
Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange rates ruling at
balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date. Exchange differences are taken
to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
P. 13
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting standards
Accounting standards issued and effective
There have been no changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and effective that are expected
to have a material impact on the Group.
Accounting standards issued not yet effective
Disclosure of fees for audit firms’ services (Amendments to FRS-44)
Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an entity to
describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for those services using
prescribed categories. These amendments apply to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. Earlier application is
permitted for accounting periods that begin before 1 January 2024 but have not ended or do not end before 15 June 2023.
The Group has early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for further
details.
Climate-related standards
Climate-related disclosure standards were issued in December 2022, and took effect on 1 January 2023. These include the
Climate-related Disclosures (CS 1), Adoption of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (CS 2) and General Requirements for
Climate-related Disclosures (CS 3). The Group is a designated climate reporting entity under the climate related disclosure regime
and is required to meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023.
Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not
mandatory for the 30 June 2023 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards, amendments
or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or future reporting periods.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This note
provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information about each of
these estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of calculation for each affected item in
the financial statements.
• Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Group's best estimate of future cash
repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical loss data and forward-
looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 13 - Finance receivables for further details.
• Recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset - The recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset required judgement in
determining external and internal costs directly attributable to the Group’s joint application for an Australian Authorised
Deposit-Taking Institution Licence with Challenger Bank Limited (CBL). Judgement is also required to determine whether
such costs fulfil the definition and recognition criteria of an intangible asset. Such costs include professional fees and costs of
employee benefits arising directly from the application. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details.
• Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price. Management judgement is applied in
determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair value. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.
• Goodwill - The Group carries out impairment testing annually over the carrying value of goodwill of its cash generating units
(CGUs). Uncertainty is involved in estimating fair value less cost to sell and judgement is applied in assumptions used to
determine the recoverable amount of CGU for impairment testing. Refer to Note 18 – Other balance sheet items for further
details.
P. 14
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value adjustments) are
based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Group has internal controls in place to ensure that estimates can be reliably
measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates and judgements used in the preparation of the Group’s
financial statements are continually evaluated.
They are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial
impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the reporting period in which the estimates are revised
and in any future periods affected.
Significant events
On 20 October 2022 Heartland Group Holdings Limited entered into a conditional share purchase agreement for the purchase of
CBL from Challenger Limited for a consideration of approximately AU $36 million, subject to adjustments for net assets delivered
at completion. The share purchase agreement is subject to obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals. A 10% deposit was paid
to Challenger Limited on execution of the conditional share purchase agreement and is recorded within other assets in the
consolidated statement of financial position.
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial Assets
Financial assets are classified based on:
• The business model within which the assets are managed; and
• Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).
The Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When assessing
the business model, the Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated and reported and
the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.
Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:
Financial Assets Measurement Category Note
Bank bonds and floating rate notes Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 11
Public sector securities and corporate bonds FVOCI 11
Equity investments Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and FVOCI 11
Finance receivables – Reverse mortgages FVTPL 21
Finance receivables Amortised cost 13
Derivative financial instruments FVTPL 12
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through
holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.
Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method.
P. 15
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial Assets (continued)
Financial assets measured at FVOCI
Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through
collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.
Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income
except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in profit or loss.
Financial assets measured at FVTPL
Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:
• they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial asset in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
• the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or
• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:
• those to be measured at amortised cost;
• those to be measured at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL
Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:
• they are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial liability in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the
note for the relevant item.
The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 21 - Fair value.
P. 16
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial liabilities (continued)
Recognition
The Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other financial assets
and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the trade date at which the Group
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Derecognition
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the
rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the
Group is recognised as a separate asset.
The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its consolidated statement of financial position, but
retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and rewards are
retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the consolidated statement of financial position. Transfers of
assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised assets and repurchase
transactions.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is
replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially
modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability,
with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.
P. 17
Performance
2 Segmental analysis
Segment information is presented in respect of the Group's operating segments which are consistent with those used for the
Group's management and internal reporting structure.
An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the Group's chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and
assessing performance of the Group, has been identified as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and direct reports.
The Group operates within New Zealand and Australia and comprises the following main operating segments:
Operating segments – New Zealand
Motor Motor vehicle finance.
Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.
Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.
Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working capital solutions for
small-to-medium sized businesses.
Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector, primarily offering livestock finance, rural mortgage
lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing solutions to farmers.
Operating segments - Australia
StockCo Australia Specialising in livestock finance within Australia. This segment was acquired through the acquisition of
StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd on 31 May 2022. One month of
income and expenses are recognised in this segment for the year ended 30 June 2022.
Australia Reverse mortgage lending and other financial services within Australia.
Certain operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated to operating segments and are
included in Other. Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments. Other assets and liabilities are managed
centrally and therefore are not allocated across the operating segments. The Group does not rely on any single major customer
for its revenue base.
P. 18
2 Segmental analysis (continued)
Reverse Personal StockCo
$000's
Motor Mortgages Lending Business Rural Australia Australia Other Total
June 2023
Net interest income
60,681 39,696 9,548 71,630 33,522 31,873 43,411 (8,372) 281,989
Lending and credit fee
income
2,034 2,671 447 2,278 292 - 4,031 - 11,753
Net other
income/(expense)
1,485 - 935 991 398 2 (42) (7,707) (3,938)
Net operating
income/(expense)
64,200 42,367 10,930 74,899 34,212 31,875 47,400 (16,079) 289,804
Operating expenses 4,140 4,929 6,461 9,387 3,068 8,909 13,043 78,142 128,079
Profit/(loss) before
impaired asset expense
and income tax
60,060 37,438 4,469 65,512 31,144 22,966 34,357 (94,221) 161,725
Fair value (loss) on
investments
- - - - - - - (4,488) (4,488)
Impaired asset expense 10,911 - 3,195 8,156 630 103 249 - 23,244
Profit/(loss) before
income tax
49,149 37,438 1,274 57,356 30,514 22,863 34,108 (98,709) 133,993
Income tax expense - - - - - - - 38,125 38,125
Profit/(loss) for the year 49,149 37,438 1,274 57,356 30,514 22,863 34,108 (136,834) 95,868
Total assets 1,563,939 888,600 358,572 1,356,913 712,596 374,193 1,520,437 969,475 7,744,725
Total liabilities 6,713,721
June 2022
Net interest income 69,730 29,957 10,287 70,602 29,460 1,889 38,662 (445) 250,142
Lending and credit fee
income
1,582 2,583 364 2,145 269 - 2,583 113 9,639
Net other income 1,744 - 1,198 534 472 3 107 16,776 20,834
Net operating income 73,056 32,540 11,849 73,281 30,201 1,892 41,352 16,444 280,615
Operating expenses 3,792 4,485 6,419 9,358 3,038 1,692 11,286 76,683 116,753
Profit/(loss) before
impaired asset expense
and income tax
69,264 28,055 5,430 63,923 27,163 200 30,066 (60,239) 163,862
Fair value (loss) on
investments
- - - - - - - (12,998) (12,998)
Impaired asset
expense/(benefit)
1,481 - (877) 11,831 2,256 (291) (577) - 13,823
Profit/(loss) before
income tax
67,783 28,055 6,307 52,092 24,907 491 30,643 (73,237) 137,041
Income tax expense - - - - - - - 41,916 41,916
Profit/(loss) for the year 67,783 28,055 6,307 52,092 24,907 491 30,643 (115,153) 95,125
Total assets 1,382,367 721,264 332,783 1,387,352 687,232 372,172 1,288,494 918,599 7,090,263
Total liabilities 6,281,556
P. 19
3 Net interest income
Policy
Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method that discounts the
financial instruments' future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest income or expense over the life of the
financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not
subsequently revised. For financial instruments at amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield
related fees and commissions paid or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.
Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the Group’s expected
credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial assets in stage 3. For financial
instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective interest rate method.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Interest income
Cash and cash equivalents
10,906 811
Investments
5,081 5,156
Finance receivables
335,070 236,916
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
176,653 99,218
Total interest income
1
527,710 342,101
Interest expense
Deposits
148,054 45,717
Other borrowings
117,774 46,110
Net interest (income)/expense on derivative financial instruments
(20,107) 132
Total interest expense
2
245,721 91,959
Net interest income
281,989 250,142
1
Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI. Total interest
income derived from these financial assets is calculated using the effective interest rate method. Finance receivables - reverse mortgages are
measured at FVTPL.
2
Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is calculated
using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the effective interest
rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.
P. 20
4 Net operating lease income
Policy
As a lessor, the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and therefore,
classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are recognised on a straight-line basis
over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the
carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating
lease assets are included as part of operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease
assets are included as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis
consistent with similar assets.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Operating lease income
Lease income
4,639 4,161
Gain on disposal of lease assets
992 1,123
Total operating lease income 5,631 5,284
Operating lease expense
Depreciation on lease assets
3,461 3,103
Direct lease costs
366 280
Total operating lease expense 3,827 3,383
Net operating lease income
1,804 1,901
5 Other income
Policy
Rental income from investment properties
Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.
Insurance income
Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of attachment of the risk over
the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis once our liability to the
policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.
Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the fair value of any derivatives not
designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and
disclosed within Other income. Refer to Note 12 - Derivative financial instruments for further details.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Rental income from investment properties 1,064 833
Insurance income
1
756 664
Other income
624 703
Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments
(8,237) 16,723
Foreign exchange gain
51 10
Total other income
(5,742) 18,933
1
Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of Heartland Bank Limited (HBL). MIL ceased writing
insurance policies in 2020 with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.
P. 21
6 Operating expenses
Policy
Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is consumed or a
liability is incurred.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Personnel expenses
1
66,989 61,152
Directors' fees 1,451 1,149
Superannuation 1,772 1,530
Depreciation - property, plant and equipment 1,904 2,459
Legal and professional fees
2
4,642 4,094
Advertising and public relations 3,089 4,510
Depreciation - right of use asset 2,539 2,310
Technology services 10,296 9,374
Telecommunications, stationery and postage 1,948 1,723
Customer administration costs 9,814 7,058
Customer onboarding costs 2,765 2,533
Occupancy costs 1,741 1,476
Amortisation of intangible assets 5,681 5,922
Other operating expenses 13,448 11,463
Total operating expenses 128,079 116,753
1
Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application
software.
2
Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.
7 Compensation of auditor
In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, adopted by the Group from 1 July 2022, the Group is required to disclose the fees
incurred for services received from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or review of the
financial statements. Other services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the following
categories:
• audit or review related services;
• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;
• taxation services and;
• other services.
In accordance with the Group's external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor's firm to perform tax
compliance work. It is also the Group's policy to engage the external auditor's firm on assignments additional to its statutory audit
duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor. All services are pre-approved by the Board
Audit and Risk Committee.
The fees payable to the current auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand (PwC NZ) and to the predecessor auditor, KPMG
are outlined in the below table:
P. 22
7 Compensation of auditor (continued)
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Fees paid to current auditor - PwC NZ
Audit and review of financial statements
1
1,046 -
Other assurance and agreed-upon procedure services paid to auditor
2
89
Taxation services paid to auditor
3
54
Other services paid to auditor
4
33 -
Total compensation paid to PwC NZ 1,222 -
Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG
Audit and review of financial statements
1
40 879
Other assurance and agreed upon-procedure services paid to auditor
2
- 103
Total compensation paid to KPMG 40 982
Total compensation of auditor 1,262 982
1
Audit and review of the financial statements includes fees paid for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of interim
financial statements.
2
Other assurance related services paid to the auditor comprise reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, trust deed
reporting, supervisor and registry audits, Economic and Financial Statistics (EFS) regulatory reporting engagement, Australian Financial Service
Licence (AFSL) assurance engagement and agreed-upon procedures.
3
PwC Australia was engaged to carry out tax work in respect of Stockco Australia's 30 June 2022 tax returns prior to the appointment of PwC NZ.
4
Other non-assurance services paid to PwC relates to actuarial services for reverse mortgages for HBL carried out by PwC NZ prior to the
appointment as external auditors and fees for executive reward survey report.
8 Impaired asset expense
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Individually impaired asset expense 13,010 10,783
Collectively impaired asset expense 12,794 6,396
Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts previously written off 25,804 17,179
Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement (2,560) (3,356)
Total impaired asset expense 23,244 13,823
Refer to Note – 13 Finance receivables for provision for impairment details.
P. 23
9 Taxation
Policy
Income tax
Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any adjustment
required for prior years' tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. Current tax for
current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. A deferred tax asset is
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available to realise the asset.
Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Group is predominantly involved in providing financial services,
only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST is treated as an expense or, if
relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.
Income tax expense
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Income tax recognised in profit or loss
Current tax
Current year
37,159 46,239
Adjustments for prior year
(1,556) (760)
Tax at other rates
554 486
Deferred tax
Current year
1,457 (3,750)
Adjustments for prior year
304 (282)
Tax at other rates
207 (17)
Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss
38,125 41,916
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Current tax
Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve
(246) (5,271)
Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve
2,418 7,743
Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income 2,172 2,472
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before income tax 133,993 137,041
Tax at the local income tax rate (NZ: 28%, Australia: 30%)
38,175 38,841
Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible
1,202 4,117
Adjustments for prior year
(1,252) (1,042)
Total income tax expense
38,125 41,916
P. 24
9 Taxation (continued)
Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Employee expenses 2,516 2,169
Share Based payment 1,069 1,039
Provision for impairment 14,958 14,649
Intangibles and property plant and equipment (1,529) (2,968)
Deferred acquisition costs (55) (196)
Operating lease vehicles 451 680
Deferred income (6,938) (4,786)
Prior year tax loss 8,540 9,362
Deductible prior year expense 593 603
Other temporary differences 1,500 2,522
Total deferred tax assets 21,105 23,074
Opening balance of deferred tax assets 23,074 14,117
Movement recognised in profit or loss
(1,969) 4,084
Transfer on acquisition of business
- 4,873
Closing balance of deferred tax assets 21,105 23,074
Imputation credit account
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods 37,785 19,114
10 Earnings Per Share
June 2023 June 2022
Earnings Per
Share
Net Profit
After Tax
Weighted
Average No.
of Shares
Earnings Per
Share
Net Profit
After Tax
Weighted
Average No.
of Shares
Cents $000's 000's Cents $000's 000's
Basic earnings 13.96 95,868 686,781 16.13 95,125 589,771
Diluted earnings 13.96 95,868 686,781 16.13 95,125 589,771
P. 25
Financial Position
11 Investments
Policy
Investments are classified into one of the following categories:
Fair value through profit or loss
Investments under this category include equity investments and are measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair
value of these investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Investments under this category include bank bonds, floating rate notes, public securities, corporate bonds and equity
investments where the Group have irrevocably elected at initial recognition to measure at FVOCI. These are initially measured at
fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value of these investments are
recognised in other comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.
Amortised cost
Investments under this category include bank deposits and are measured using effective interest rate method. They are held to
collect contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Bank deposits, bank bonds and floating rate notes 305,310 261,259
Public sector securities and corporate bonds
9,882 12,953
Equity investments
15,048 15,082
Total investments 330,240 289,294
Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for details of the split between investments measured at fair value through profit or loss, fair value
through other comprehensive income and amortised cost.
P. 26
12 Derivative financial instruments
Policy
The Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are placed into hedges
that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an accounting hedge relationship.
Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as
liabilities when their fair value is negative.
A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the Group to risk of
changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Group applies fair value hedge accounting to
hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject to interest rate risk. The Group applies cash flow
hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable forecast future cash flows attributable to
interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.
Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the fair value of any
derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income.
Fair value hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and consistent with the
originally documented risk management strategy, and
• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group
also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.
Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for fair value hedge
accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk.
Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged
risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold,
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried
at amortised cost is amortised to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the
remaining period to maturity of the hedged item. Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the
balance sheet, the adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and consistent with the
originally documented risk management strategy, and
• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.
P. 27
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments, as
well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions
are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income.
When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the Group elects to
revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains in the cash flow hedging reserve until
the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it is transferred to the corresponding income or expense line. If
a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative previously reported in
the cash flow hedging reserve is immediately transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Net investment hedge
The Group held investments in foreign operations, where changes in net assets resulting from changes in foreign currency rate
were recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.
Where the Group hedges the currency translation risk arising from net investments in foreign operations, the gains and losses on
the hedging instruments are also reflected in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective. When all or part
of a foreign operation is disposed, the cumulative value of the exchange differences is recognised in profit or loss.
The Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements in interest rates.
As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of NZ IAS 39.
The Group's approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 25 – Interest rate risk. The Group
actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities, associated with the
mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, by entering into
interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.
Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for another resulting in
an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without exchange of principal. Interest rate swap
notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison
with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved,
therefore don't indicate the Group's exposure to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their
notional values are set out in the below table.
P. 28
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
June 2023 June 2022
Notional Fair Value Fair Value Notional
Fair Value
Fair Value
$000's
Principal Assets Liabilities Principal Assets Liabilities
Interest rate related contracts
Held as economic hedges 260,650 6,539 - 619,005 17,847 1,543
Designated as cash flow hedges 850,068 15,398 941 327,636 8,678 -
Designated as fair value hedges 543,200 15,045 6,683 549,200 18,696 4,798
Interest rate swaps 1,653,918 36,982 7,624 1,495,841 45,221 6,341
Foreign currency related contracts
Held as economic hedges 168 1 - 786 - -
FX Forwards 168 1 - 786 - -
Total derivative financial instruments 1,654,086 36,983 7,624 1,496,627 45,221 6,341
Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Group's floating rate domestic
borrowings and deposits by using 'receive floating / pay fixed' interest rate swaps to fix the cost of floating interest rate
borrowings and deposits.
Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk arising
from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk
arising from fixed-rate investment securities.
The Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists based on
an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk, supported by quantitative analysis. Close
alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument is also considered a strong indication of the presence
of an economic relationship by the Group.
The Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional amount of the
interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.
Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair value of the
hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed effective, the change in fair
values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this range the hedge would be deemed
ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line with each hedge relationship policy above.
P. 29
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-designated and re-
designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged exposure.
Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging instrument,
difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties' credit risk affecting the fair value of hedging
instruments.
The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in
continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2023
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts - 20,000 295,000 535,068 - 850,068
Average interest rate - 4.22% 3.78% 4.00% -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 54,700 38,000 60,000 160,400 5,100 318,200
Average interest rate 1.17% 0.77% 0.88% 3.06% 1.51%
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts - 125,000 - 100,000 - 225,000
Average interest rate - 1.78% - 4.30% -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 54,700 183,000 355,000 795,468 5,100 1,393,268
P. 30
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2022
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts - 8,845 5,528 313,263 - 327,636
Average interest rate - 0.20% 0.37% 2.47% -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 20,000 31,000 92,700 115,400 15,100 274,200
Average interest rate 1.20% 0.81% 1.00% 0.84% 1.45%
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts 150,000 - 125,000 - - 275,000
Average interest rate 4.50% - 1.78% - -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 170,000 39,845 223,228 428,663 15,100 876,836
The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value hedge relationships
and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging instruments used as the basis for
recognising effectiveness.
As at 30 June 2023 For the year ended
30 June 2023
Hedge
Accumulated
ineffectiveness
amount of fair
gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 290,723 (14,893) 2,620
Other borrowings (219,959) 5,331 473
Total 70,764 (9,562) 3,093
Interest rate swaps 8,362 8,362 (3,133)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
(40)
P. 31
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
As at 30 June 2022 For the year ended
30 June 2022
Hedge
Accumulated
ineffectiveness
amount of fair
gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 262,314 (16,914) (14,793)
Other borrowings (272,983) 4,858 11,543
Total (10,669) (12,056) (3,250)
Interest rate swaps 13,898 13,898 3,295
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
45
The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that have ceased to be
adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2022: nil).
The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of the reserve are
shown in the following table.
June 2023 June 2022
Cash flow Cash flow
$000's
hedge reserve FCTR
1
hedge reserve FCTR
1
Cash flow hedges
Balance at beginning of year 7,959 - 918 -
Transferred to the income statement (1,771) - (641) -
Net gains from change in fair value 11,305 - 10,743 -
Net movement before tax 9,534 - 10,102 -
Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve (2,418) - (3,061) -
Balance at end of year 15,075 - 7,959 -
Net investment hedge - 2,537 - -
1
Represents the accumulated effective amount of the hedging instrument deferred to Foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) and is related
to hedge relationship for which hedge accounting is no longer applied.
During the year ended 30 June 2023, a gain of $0.7 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial instruments in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge relationships (2022:
nil).
There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly probable cash flows
no longer being expected to occur (2022: nil).
There are $10.1 million (2022: $1.6 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge accounting is
no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over the lifetime of the original
hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the period of the original hedge relationship
which has since been de-designated.
P. 32
13 Finance receivables
Policy
Finance receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct transaction costs and are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.
Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest
income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly related to the origination of a
loan are recognised over the period of service.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Gross finance receivables at amortised cost
4,387,480 4,198,826
Less provision for impairment
(53,266) (52,005)
Net finance receivables at amortised cost
4,334,214 4,146,821
P. 33
13 Finance receivables (continued)
Policy
Impairment of finance receivables
At each reporting date, the Group applies a three-stage approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL) of finance
receivables not carried at fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since
initial recognition.
Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more events associated
with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where such evidence exists, the exposure is
assessed on an individual basis.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to maturity, customer type and
other relevant factors.
The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are actually incurred. On
initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible in the next 12 months.
Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:
Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)
Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are not credit
impaired upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the
next 12 months is recognised.
Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)
Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)
Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.
Credit quality of financial assets
The Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of default of the
lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Group has defined counterparty
probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.
The Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due, or when it is
considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Group will be paid in full without recourse to actions, such as realisation of
security.
Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable expectation of
recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment expense in profit or loss.
In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of economic conditions at
the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Group considers its historical loss experience and adjusts this for
current observable data. In addition to this the Group uses reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions
including experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic conditions consider
macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and requires an evaluation
of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions including any forecasts of
future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking information increases the level of
judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the ECL.
P. 34
13 Finance receivables (continued)
Policy (continued)
The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either new or too small
to model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.
For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference between the
defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected future cash flows, including
cashflows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).
Modification of contractual cash flows
The Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial renegotiations, or for distressed
loans, with a view to maximising recovery.
Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness.
Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that
payment will most likely continue. These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to
term loans.
Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related allowances
for ECL are not material to the Group.
The Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historic credit experience of those portfolios.
The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time. If the Group forecasts that economic conditions may
change in the foreseeable future, the Group applies judgement to determine whether the modelled output should be subject to
an economic overlay. Judgement is required to establish clear correlation between key economic indicators and the credit
performance of the Group’s unique portfolios.
The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL of $15.1 million
at 30 June 2023 (2022: $9.5 million). There are fewer judgements on the other remaining lending portfolios.
The motor vehicle lending impairment allowance is sensitive to changes in the level of unemployment. The modelled provision
for motor vehicle lending is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of unemployment across all
three scenarios uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts.
The forecast assumes the following for unemployment for all three scenarios:
2024 2025 2026
Upside 4.00% 4.80% 4.40%
Central 4.60% 5.20% 5.00%
Downside 5.96% 6.13% 5.70%
The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood. The
following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group as at 30 June 2023:
Upside 15%
Central 50%
Downside 35%
The following sensitivity table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the
impairment allowance for motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the three scenarios with all
other assumptions held constant.
Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $ 15.1 million
100% Upside $ 9.7 million
100% Central $ 12.4 million
100% Downside $ 21.2 million
P. 35
13 Finance receivables (continued)
The following table details the movement from the opening balance to the closing balance of the provision for impairment
losses by class.
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 20,256 1,958 14,602 15,189 52,005
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(8,226) (3,864) 3,758 8,332 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
983 4,369 15,774 4,678 25,804
Credit impairment charge (7,243) 505 19,532 13,010 25,804
Write-offs - - (12,612) (11,904) (24,516)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate (4) - (23) - (27)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023
13,009 2,463 21,499 16,295 53,266
June 2022
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021 26,807 2,427 16,824 7,629 53,687
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(3,909) (2,556) 1,189 5,276 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(3,666) 2,083 13,255 5,507 17,179
Credit impairment charge (7,575) (473) 14,444 10,783 17,179
Write-offs - - (16,666) (3,411) (20,077)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate 32 4 - - 36
Acquisition of portfolio 992 - - 188 1,180
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 20,256 1,958 14,602 15,189 52,005
1
The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the
higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision
(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
P. 36
13 Finance receivables (continued)
Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
30 June 2023
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826
Transfer between stages (237,955) 161,605 64,627 11,723 -
Additions 1,412,648 - - 9,326 1,421,974
Deletions (1,072,012) (97,559) (17,068) (15,194) (1,201,833)
Write-offs - - (12,379) (19,108) (31,487)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480
30 June 2022
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 3,092,653 165,793 45,564 38,143 3,342,153
Transfer between stages (112,179) 25,532 31,253 55,394 -
Additions 2,433,553 - - 3,190 2,436,743
Deletions (1,446,110) (72,901) (12,782) (26,945) (1,558,738)
Write-offs - - (17,921) (3,411) (21,332)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances
Overall credit impairment provisions increased by $1.3 million (2.4%) for the year ended 30 June 2023, mainly due to increase in
gross receivables of $188.7 million (4.5%) and movement of exposures into more advanced stages. This is offset by the release
of provisions previously held against assets written off during the year as well as reduction in loss given default from more
effective arrears management.
As at 30 June 2023, there were nil undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom drawn balances are
classified as individually impaired (2022: $0.003 million).
(a) Assets under administration
As at 30 June 2023, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are still subject to
enforcement activity was nil (2022: nil).
P. 37
14 Operating lease vehicles
Policy
Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing for any residual
values. The estimated lives of these vehicles vary up to five years. Vehicles held for sale are not depreciated but are tested for
impairment.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cost
Opening balance 20,450 16,114
Additions 8,766 10,758
Disposals (6,303) (6,422)
Closing balance 22,913 20,450
Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance 5,289 5,249
Depreciation charge for the year 3,461 3,103
Disposals (2,803) (3,063)
Closing balance 5,947 5,289
Opening net book value 15,161 10,865
Closing net book value 16,966 15,161
The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $4.086 million (2022: $3.057
million), within one to five years is $7.598 million (2022: $6.465 million) and over five years is nil (2022: nil).
15 Borrowings
Policy
Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs. They are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed rate debt issues,
the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Deposits 4,131,025 3,592,508
Total borrowings related to deposits 4,131,025 3,592,508
Unsubordinated notes 385,482 636,407
Subordinated notes 97,794
-
Securitised borrowings 1,713,737 1,559,108
Certificate of deposit 148,110 198,715
Bank borrowings 131,248
173,982
Money market borrowings 20,004
10,001
Total other borrowings 2,496,375 2,578,213
Total deposits and other borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721
Due within one year 4,731,388 4,174,630
Due more than one year 1,896,012 1,996,091
Total deposits and other borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721
Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.
P. 38
15 Borrowings (continued)
Unsubordinated notes
Unsubordinated notes include short and long-term retail bonds and medium term notes. Medium term notes are issued pursuant
to the terms of the Guarantee Deed Poll dated 15 February 2019. Medium term notes are issued in Australian dollars to eligible
non-retail investors in compliance with applicable law.
The Group has the following unsubordinated notes on issue at balance sheet date.
Retail bonds and medium term notes
Frequency of interest
$000's repayment
June 2023
June 2022 Maturity Date
NZ$150 million Semi-annually - 145,142 21 September 2022
AU $47 million Monthly - 52,362 6 October 2022
AU $45 million Quarterly - 49,976 21 April 2023
AU $75 million Quarterly - 83,318 22 April 2023
NZ $125 million Semi-annually 122,165 127,841 12 April 2024
AU $45 million Quarterly 49,471 50,003 9 July 2024
AU $30 million Quarterly 32,585 - 9 July 2024
AU $115 million Quarterly 125,925 127,765 13 May 2025
AU $50 million Quarterly 55,336 - 5 October 2027
Total retail bonds and medium term notes 385,482 636,407
Subordinated notes
On 28 April 2023, HBL, a subsidiary of the Group, issued $100 million of subordinated unsecured notes (Subordinated notes) to
New Zealand investors and certain overseas institutional investors pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Unsecured Notes
Deed Poll in accordance with the laws of New Zealand. Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory
capital requirements and will mature on 28 April 2033.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.51% for a period of 5 years until 28 April 2028, after which it will reset to quarterly floating
rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% Issue Margin. The quarterly payment of interest in
respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBL being solvent at the time of, and immediately following the interest
payment.
Early Redemption
HBL may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest (if any) on 28
April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax or regulatory
events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including HBL obtaining the
Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) prior written approval and HBL being solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBL;
- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated notes
and;
- ahead of the rights of the HBL's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBL that rank behind the
subordinated notes.
P. 39
15 Borrowings (continued)
Securitised Borrowings
The Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding as at 30 June 2023:
Securitisation facility June 2023 June 2022
$000's Currency Limit Drawn
1
Limit Drawn
1
Maturity Date
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2021-1 (StockCo) AU 300,000 271,739 300,000 275,420 27 May 2024
Seniors Warehouse Trust No. 2 (SWT2) AU 450,000 457,657 350,000 232,982 1 July 2024
Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse (HARWT) NZD 400,000 227,054 400,000 267,779 26 August 2024
Seniors Warehouse Trust (SWT) AU 600,000 622,344 600,000 646,744 30 September 2025
Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas) AU 127,462 134,943 127,462 136,183 24 September 2050
Total securitised borrowings 1,713,737 1,559,108
1
Facility limit is stated in functional currency, drawn balance is stated in NZD.
• HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.
• StockCo notes issued to investors are secured over livestock loans.
• SWT, SWT2 and Atlas notes issued to investors are secured over reverse mortgage loans.
The Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in facility limits,
refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Group has a track record of extending or refinancing funding
arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the facilities above expire.
16 Share capital and dividends
Policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options
are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
June 2023 June 2022
Number of Number of
Shares Shares
Issued shares
Opening balance 592,904 585,904
Shares issued during the year 112,417 -
Shares issued - dividend reinvestment plan 4,337 7,000
Closing balance 709,658 592,904
HGH completed a capital raise during the year which comprised a share placement (Placement) and a Share Purchase Plan (SPP).
HGH issued 72,222,222 shares at $1.8000 per share on 26 August 2022 under the Placement and 38,822,458 new shares at
$1.7674 per share on 9 September 2022 under the SPP. The total value of shares issued was $198.6 million with $3.7 million of
transaction costs recognised in relation to this share issuance.
On 19 September 2022, HGH issued a further 2,250,625 shares at $0.5200 per share ($1.2 million) under the Long Term Incentive
Scheme of HGH (LTI Scheme), of which 877,777 shares at $1.8329 per share ($1.6 million) were acquired by HGH pursuant to the
buyback offer to the participants to fund the tax liability arising for those participants upon receipt of shares under the LTI
Scheme.
The Group issued 4,336,812 new shares at $1.6370 per share ($7.1 million) on 23 March 2023 under a dividend reinvestment plan
(DRP) for the period (2022: 3,930,116 new shares at $2.2713 per share ($8.9 million) on 15 September 2021 and 3,069,339 new
shares at $2.1105 per share ($6.5 million) on 16 March 2022 under the DRP for the period).
The ordinary shares have no par value. Each ordinary share of HGH carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings of shareholders,
the right to an equal share in dividends and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of HGH in the event
of liquidation.
P. 40
16 Share capital and dividends (continued)
Dividends paid
June 2023 June 2022
Date Cents Date Cents
Declared Per Share $000's Declared Per Share $000's
Final dividend 24 August 2022 5.5 32,609 24 August 2021 7.0 41,013
Interim dividend 28 February 2023 5.5 38,793 22 February 2022 5.5 32,441
Total dividends paid 71,402 73,454
17 Other reserves
Foreign
Currency
Employee Translation Defined Cash Flow
Benefit Reserve Fair Value Benefit Hedge
$000's Reserve (FCTR) Reserve Reserve Reserve Total
June 2023
Balance as at 30 June 2022 4,646 (1,635) (1,034) - 7,959 9,936
Movements attributable to net investments in
foreign operations and net investment hedges
- (6,803) - - - (6,803)
Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - (779) - - (779)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - - 9,534 9,534
Equity securities at FVOCI - - (2,411) - - (2,411)
Share based payments 105 - - - - 105
Vesting of share based payments (1,170) - - - - (1,170)
Income tax effect - - 246 - (2,418) (2,172)
Balance as at 30 June 2023 3,581 (8,438) (3,978) - 15,075 6,240
June 2022
Balance as at 30 June 2021 2,731 (3,975) (322) 171 918 (477)
Movements attributable to net investments in
foreign operations
- 2,340 - - - 2,340
Movements attributable to fair value hedges - - (1,301) - - (1,301)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - - - 10,102 10,102
Equity securities at FVOCI - - - (171) - (171)
Share based payments 1,915 - - - - 1,915
Income tax effect - - 589 - (3,061) (2,472)
Balance as at 30 June 2022 4,646 (1,635) (1,034) - 7,959 9,936
Employee benefit reserve
Includes amounts which arise on the recognition of the Group’s fair value estimate of equity instruments expected to vest under
share-based compensation plan.
FCTR
Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group's foreign operations are accumulated in the Foreign currency translation
reserve and recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss when a foreign
operation is disposed of.
P. 41
17 Other reserves (continued)
Fair value reserve
Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of
tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed. For equity securities, these
changes are not reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.
Defined benefit reserve
Includes predetermined retirement benefits calculated for employees of a historical amalgamated entity which was wound up
during the prior financial year.
Cash flow hedge reserve
This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging instruments, net
of tax.
18 Other balance sheet items
Policy
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any). Depreciation is
calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over its expected life to its estimated
residual value.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Other assets
Trade receivables 430 -
GST receivables 562 2,946
Prepayments
1
11,931 7,674
Property, plant and equipment
2
14,241 7,336
Other receivables 826 273
Total other assets 27,990 18,229
1
Prepayments include deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of CBL of $3.9 million.
2
Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million acquired during the year.
Policy
Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives
Software acquired or internally developed by the Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated
impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic value of that asset.
Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing software are capitalised when specific criteria are
met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems after
implementation are not capitalised. Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost over
the assets’ estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software has been determined to be ten years.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Group the right to access the cloud provider’s application software over
the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software, along with ongoing fees for accessing the
cloud provider's application, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.
Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing
on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and recognition criteria.
P. 42
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Policy (continued)
Intangible assets (continued)
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements (continued)
The Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software within specific cloud
computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Group considers that it would benefit from those costs to implement the
cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. However, such capitalisation occurs only if
the activities result in creating an intangible asset that the Group has control over and meets the necessary recognition criteria.
Costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as incurred unless they are paid to the
suppliers (or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based software for
the Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Group’s right to receive access to the supplier’s cloud-based software). In
the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud
computing arrangements.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of
the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject to amortisation and is tested for
impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Computer software
Software - cost 48,513 45,091
Software under development 28,391 16,196
Accumulated amortisation 31,944 26,275
Net carrying value of computer software 44,960 35,012
Goodwill 184,422 183,235
Net carrying value of goodwill 184,422 183,235
Other intangible assets
1
6,351 627
Total intangible assets 235,733 218,874
1
Other intangible assets include capitalised banking licence costs of $6.4 million (2022: $0.6 million)
Banking Licence
On 20 October 2022 Heartland Group Holdings Limited entered into a conditional share sale agreement with Challenger Limited
to acquire 100% of the shares of CBL, holder of a full Australian Authorised Deposit-Taking Institution (ADI) Licence. HGH and CBL
have jointly applied to the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) for approval to expand the range of products CBL
offers and to amend CBL’s APRA approved business plan to integrate with HGH’s existing Australian based financial services
business.
Costs directly attributable to the application are recognised as Banking licence intangible asset. On completion the Banking
Licence is expected to have an indefinite life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to
generate benefits for the business.
Goodwill
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is the
smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. Group has assessed that goodwill should be
allocated to the smallest identifiable CGU:
• Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited: $15.3 million (2022: $15.3 million).
• Heartland Bank Limited: $29.8 million (2022: $29.8 million).
• StockCo AU Group: $139.3 million (2022: $138.1 million).
P. 43
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Impairment testing of goodwill
The Group has performed impairment tests for CGUs with goodwill. Further information about impairment tests performed for
CGUs with goodwill is provided below.
Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) and Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH)
The recoverable amount of the businesses was determined on a value in use basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The
model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the Board and extended out based on long term
growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0% and 2.5% for HBL
and HAH respectively (2022: 2.0% and 2.0%), and a discount rate of 10.0% (2022: 10.0%) was applied which reflect both past
experience and external sources of information. The goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no
foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.
There was no indication of impairment and no impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill
for the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).
StockCo AU Group
The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a fair value less cost to sell basis using a discounted cash flow
methodology. The model uses a four-year cash flow forecast based on the latest growth target approved by the Board and
extended out based on growth expectations for the business. This valuation methodology uses level three inputs in terms of the
fair value hierarchy in NZ IFRS 13. The following drivers and key assumptions are used in the model:
• Annual lending growth which has been forecasted based on management’s current expectations of growth in the specialist
livestock financing portfolio. In forming these expectations management has referenced the current and expected outlook in
the overall Australian cattle and lamb markets and factored in pricing and growth strategies relative to market outlook. This
includes targeting new customer segments and distribution channels to broaden reach.
• Gross interest income (including interest yield) which represents the pricing of the products which factors in market outlook
and new customer segments and are estimated based on management’s past experience.
• Cost of funds which was projected based on the forward curve for bank bill rate plus a margin at the date of assessment,
representing the expected funding structure of an analogous Australian ADI noting that the Group is working towards
obtaining an Australian ADI licence.
• Terminal growth rate of 2.4% after year five of the forecast and discount rate of 12.0%, which reflects external sources of
information.
The recoverable amount of the business exceeds its carrying amount by $30.4 million (A$28.0 million). The discount rate would
need to rise above 13.5% and the terminal growth rate will need to be below 2.0% in combination to result in an impairment.
The forecast cash flow drivers are outlined in the following table. For each driver management has identified what a reasonable
possible change, based on the expected range which would impact the recoverable amount. The expected impact on the CGU
recoverable amount from the sensitivities below do not capture any interrelationships between funding costs, gross interest
income and annual lending growth.
Sensitivity of key driver Expected impact on CGU recoverable amount
$000’s Upside Downside
+/- 10% in annual lending growth 2,639 (2,687)
+/- 3% in gross interest income (including interest yield) 15,741 (14,731)
+/- 3% in funding cost 4,771 (4,708)
P. 44
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Policy
Employee benefits
Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by calculating the probable
future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to defined contribution superannuation
schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Trade and other payables
Trade payables 14,731 21,358
Insurance liability 914 1,838
Employee benefits 11,224 9,548
Other tax payables 3,820 1,124
Collateral received on derivatives
1
27,609 32,342
Total trade and other payables 58,298 66,210
1
The Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents.
Policy
Leases
The Group leases office space, car parks, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have
extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option are
considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the Group's incremental
borrowing rate (IBR). Lease liabilities are measured using the effective interest method. Carrying amounts are remeasured only
upon reassessments and lease modifications.
Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Group’s depreciation policy for that asset class.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Right of use assets
Balance at beginning of year 14,145 15,985
Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income statement (2,539) (2,310)
Additions to right of use assets 712 470
Total right of use assets 12,318 14,145
Lease liability
Current 3,166 3,674
Non-current 11,121 12,566
Total lease liability 14,287 16,240
Interest expense relating to lease liability 488 479
P. 45
19 Acquisition
Policy
Business combination
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets
the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets
is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs
that have the ability to contribute to the creation of outputs.
The consideration transferred in the acquisition and any contingent consideration to be transferred are generally measured at fair
value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the
consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired) and is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a
bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by
the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which
the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional
assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the
acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date. The measurement period is the
period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that
existed as of the acquisition date, and does not exceed twelve months. Transaction cost related to the acquisition is recognised as
an expense in profit or loss when incurred with the exception of costs to issue debt or equity securities.
On 31 May 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Ltd and StockCo Australia Management Pty Ltd
(collectively StockCo Australia). The consideration paid was subject to a completion adjustment based on the net asset
movements since the determination date. The final purchase consideration with respect to this acquisition was A$157.40 million
or NZ$173.31 million at exchange rate of the dates of the acquisition and the completion adjustment.
During the year ended 30 June 2023, the purchase price adjustments were finalised and an adjustment of NZ$1.73 million was
made to the final purchase consideration. The fair value of consideration increased from NZ$171.58 million to NZ$173.31 million.
There was new information relating to the facts and circumstances prevailing at completion date that resulted in fair value
adjustments to livestock receivables and trade and other payables. Goodwill increased from NZ$137.58 million to NZ$141.16
million.
P. 46
19 Acquisition (continued)
Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the final goodwill arising from the acquisition of StockCo Australia
are set out as follows:
Fair value recognised on
acquisition
$000's
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
9,564
Livestock receivables
372,991
Right of use assets
354
Deferred tax asset
5,285
Other assets
4,713
Total assets 392,907
Liabilities
Other borrowings
358,942
Lease liabilities
354
Trade and other payables
1,456
Total liabilities 360,752
Net assets acquired 32,155
Final goodwill arising on acquisition 141,155
Fair value of consideration 171,578
Purchase price adjustment
1,732
Total cash consideration transferred 173,310
P. 47
20 Related party transactions and balances
Policy
A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:
a) A person or a close member of that person's family if that person:
i) has control or joint control over HGH;
ii) has significant influence over HGH; or
iii) is a member of the key management personnel of HGH.
b) An entity is related to HGH if any of the following conditions applies:
i) the entity and HGH are members of the same group;
ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;
iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or an entity related
to HGH
vi) the entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and
vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of
q the entity (or of a parent of the entity).
(a) Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing
and controlling the activities of the Group. This includes all executive staff and Directors.
KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Group in the ordinary course of business. The terms and
conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Group are comparable to transactions with other
employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
All other transactions with KMPs and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on commercial terms
and conditions.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Transactions with key management personnel
Interest income 123 26
Interest expense (43) (24)
Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits (8,083) (8,790)
Share-based plan benefit/(expense) 14 (1,915)
Total transactions with key management personnel (7,989) (10,703)
Due from/(to) key management personnel
Lending 4,428 229
Borrowings - deposits (855) (508)
Total due from/(to) key management personnel 3,573 (279)
P. 48
20 Related party transactions and balances (continued)
(b) Transactions with related parties
HGH is the ultimate parent company of the Group.
Entities within the Group have regular transactions with each other on agreed terms. The transactions include the provision of tax
and administrative services and customer operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Group entities on normal
commercial terms as with other customers. There is no lending from subsidiaries within the Group to HGH.
Related party transactions between the Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of the Group are as
follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
ASF Custodians Pty Limited
Audit fees 4 7
Heartland Trust (HT)
Dividends paid 714 809
HT held 6,504,266 shares in HGH (2022: 6,475,976 shares).
The Trustees of HT and certain employees of the Group provided their time and skills to the oversight and operation of HT at no
charge.
P. 49
21 Fair value
Policy
Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date.
On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless there is
observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.
The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or
dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Group determines fair value using other valuation techniques.
The Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the inputs used in
measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that
is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).
Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during which the
change has occurred.
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability measured
at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.
The Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes including
Level 3 fair values. The Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments
in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged to measure fair values, the Group
assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion of these valuations. All significant
valuations are reported to the Group's Board Audit and Risk Committee for approval prior to its adoption in the financial
statements.
Investment in debt securities
Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI, with the fair value being based on quoted market
prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).
Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes for
similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.
Investments in equity securities
Investments in equity securities are classified as FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Group to measure at FVOCI.
Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable are measured under Level 1 of
the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation.
P. 50
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
Investments in equity securities (continued)
Equity securities are measured at FVOCI where they are not held for trading, the Group doesn't have control or significant
influence over the investee and where an irrevocable election is made to measure them at FVOCI. These securities are measured
at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income except for dividend income which is
recognised in profit or loss. Investments in unlisted equity securities are measured under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with
the fair value being based on unobservable inputs using market accepted valuation techniques.
Where appropriate, the Group may apply adjustments to the above-mentioned techniques to determine fair value of an equity
security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments are reflective of market participant considerations in valuing
the said security.
The Group has irrevocably elected to account for certain equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income.
These are Level 3 investments and were valued using outcomes from capital raises completed most recently, calibrated against
market multiples as at 30 June 2023.
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ IFRS 9). NZ IFRS 4
Insurance contracts (NZ IFRS 4) requires entities to account for insurance components of lifetime mortgage contracts. The review
of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the terms and conditions of these loan contracts do not contain a
component of significant insurance risk, therefore they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments classified at
FVTPL under NZ IFRS. Application of NZ IFRS 17 going forward will have a policy choice to continue applying NZ IFRS 9 for these
instruments.
On initial recognition the Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis that no reliable
fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably measured using other valuation
techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.
For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Group considered whether the fair value can be determined by reference
to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has concluded relevant support
is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Group has used an actuarial valuation to determine a proxy
for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk and expectations of the portfolio performance. The actuarial
valuation includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care, voluntary exits, house price changes, interest rate
margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly subjective and a wide range of plausible values are possible. The
estimate provides an indication of whether the transaction value is overstated.
The Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on initial
recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2022: nil). Fair value is not
sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given conservative origination loan-
to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined with a material increase in interest rates
over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any potential impact to fair value.
The Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an on-going
basis.
P. 51
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
Derivative financial instruments
Interest rate and foreign currency related contracts are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are
determined from observable market prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as
appropriate (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).
The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value
hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the
consolidated statement of financial position.
$000's Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 2023
Assets
Investments 318,756 - 11,484 330,240
Derivative financial instruments - 36,983 - 36,983
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,403,810 2,403,810
Total financial assets measured at fair value 318,756 36,983 2,415,294 2,771,033
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 7,624 - 7,624
June 2022
Assets
Investments 279,841 - 7,032 286,873
Derivative financial instruments - 45,221 - 45,221
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 1,996,854 1,996,854
Total financial assets measured at fair value 279,841 45,221 2,003,886 2,328,948
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 6,341 - 6,341
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 6,341 - 6,341
There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: $8.1 million of equity
investments transferred out of Level 3 to Level 1).
P. 52
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:
Finance Receivables
$000's
- Reverse Mortgage Investments Total
June 2023
As at 30 June 2022
1,996,854 7,032 2,003,886
New loans
543,248 - 543,248
Repayments
(297,066) - (297,066)
Capitalised Interest and fees
183,458 - 183,458
Purchase of investments
- 6,952 6,952
Fair value (loss) on investment
- (2,411) (2,411)
Other
1
(22,684) (89) (22,773)
As at 30 June 2023 2,403,810 11,484 2,415,294
June 2022
As at 30 June 2021
1,676,073 20,667 1,696,740
New loans
439,110 - 439,110
Repayments
(257,319) - (257,319)
Capitalised Interest and fees
106,966 - 106,966
Purchase of investments
- 7,414 7,414
Fair value (loss) on investment
- (12,998) (12,998)
Other
1
32,024
- 32,024
Transfer out of level 3
- (8,051) (8,051)
As at 30 June 2022 1,996,854 7,032 2,003,886
1
This relates to foreign currency translation differences for the assets.
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following assets and liabilities of the Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to their fair value due
to their short term nature.
Finance receivables
The fair value of the Group's finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the Group's current
weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.
The current weighted average lending rate used to fair value finance receivables with a fixed interest rate was 10.25% (2022:
7.77%). Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of credit
provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future losses.
P. 53
21 Fair value (continued)
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value (continued)
Borrowings
The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is based on the
current market interest rates payable by the Group for debt of similar maturities. The average current market rate used to fair
value other borrowings was 6.66% (2022: 3.57%).
Other financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair value of financial instruments such as short-term trade receivables and payables is considered equivalent to their carrying
value due to their short-term nature.
The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not approximate fair
value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair value hierarchy.
June 2023 June 2022
Total Total
Fair Value Total Fair Carrying Fair Value Total Fair Carrying
$000's Hierarchy Value Value Hierarchy Value Value
Assets
Investments
1
Level 2 - - Level 2 2,418 2,421
Finance receivables Level 3 4,102,591 4,334,214 Level 3 4,073,977 4,146,821
Total financial assets 4,102,591 4,334,214 4,076,395 4,149,242
Liabilities
Deposits Level 2 4,130,326 4,131,025 Level 2 3,590,918 3,592,508
Other borrowings Level 2 2,496,310 2,496,375 Level 2 2,578,213 2,578,213
Total financial liabilities 6,626,636 6,627,400 6,169,131 6,170,721
1
Included within Investments are bank deposits which are held to support the Group's contractual cash flows. Such investments are measured at
amortised cost.
P. 54
21 Fair value (continued)
(c) Classification of financial instruments
The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value and fair value of all financial
instruments of the Group:
FVOCI Total
FVOCI Debt Amortised Carrying
$000's Equity Securities FVTPL Cost Value
June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - - 311,503 311,503
Investments 9,665 315,192 5,383 - 330,240
Finance receivables - - - 4,334,214 4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 2,403,810 - 2,403,810
Derivative financial instruments - - 36,983 - 36,983
Other financial assets - - - 1,256 1,256
Total financial assets 9,665 315,192 2,446,176 4,646,973 7,418,006
Liabilities
Deposits - - - 4,131,025 4,131,025
Other borrowings - - - 2,496,375 2,496,375
Derivative financial instruments - - 7,624 - 7,624
Other financial liabilities - - - 43,254 43,254
Total financial liabilities - 7,624 6,670,654 6,678,278
June 2022
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - - 310,758 310,758
Investments 5,528 271,790 9,555 2,421 289,294
Finance receivables - - - 4,146,821 4,146,821
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 1,996,854 - 1,996,854
Derivative financial instruments - - 45,221 - 45,221
Other financial assets - - - 273 273
Total financial assets 5,528 271,790 2,051,630 4,460,273 6,789,221
Liabilities
Deposits - - - 3,592,508 3,592,508
Other borrowings - - - 2,578,213 2,578,213
Derivative financial instruments - - 6,341 - 6,341
Other financial liabilities - - - 55,538 55,538
Total financial liabilities - - 6,341 6,226,259 6,232,600
P. 55
Risk Management
22 Enterprise risk management program
The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains of credit, capital,
liquidity, market (including interest rate), operational and compliance and general business risk. Management is, in turn,
responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies, procedures and information systems are in place to actively manage
these risk domains, as outlined within the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). Collectively, these processes are
known as the Group's Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).
Role of the Board and the Board Audit and Risk Committee
The Board, through its Board Audit and Risk Committee (BARC) is responsible for oversight and governance of the development of
the RMP. The role of the BARC includes assisting the Board to formulate its risk appetite and monitoring the effectiveness of the
RMP. BARC’s responsibilities also include:
• Reviewing financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk assessment
framework.
• Monitoring the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Group. This work is supported
by an internal audit programme, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy and effectiveness of
internal controls. The BARC receives regular reports from internal audit.
• Advising the Board on the formulation of the Board's Risk Appetite Statement.
• Reviewing any reports, policies, standards, other risk documents or matters, or minutes which have been prepared by or in
respect of the HGH's Board.
• Monitor material, emerging and strategic risks for the Group and its subsidiaries.
The BARC consists of three non-executive directors. The Chair of the Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) Audit Committee and the Chair
of the HBL Risk Committee, as well as the HGH CEO, the HBL CEO, the Head of Internal Audit and the HGH CFO, each attend BARC
meetings. The BARC undertakes its responsibilities with the assistance of subsidiary Boards and subsidiary Board Committees.
Internal Audit
The Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance over the internal
control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice to Management provided the
work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function assists the Group in accomplishing its
objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management,
control, and governance processes.
Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and physical
properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.
A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment, management and
control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business units and operational areas, as
well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed to meet the International Standards for the
Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal Auditors.
Each audit has specific audit procedures tailored to the area of business that is being reviewed. The audit procedures are updated
during each audit to reflect any process changes. Audit work papers are completed to evidence the testing performed in
accordance with the audit procedures.
P. 56
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Internal Audit (continued)
The Head of Internal Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BARC. Internal audit has accountability to the BARC. A
schedule of all outstanding internal control issues is maintained and presented to the BARC to assist and track the resolution of
previously identified issues. Any issues raised that are categorised as high risk are specifically reviewed by internal audit during a
follow up review once the issue is considered closed by management. The follow up review is performed with a view to formally
close out the issue.
Executive Risk Committee (ERC)
The ERC comprises the CEO of HBL, CRO of HBL, CFO of HGH, Financial Controller of HBL and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has
responsibility for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is consistent with the
Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly and minutes are made available to the BARC. ERC’s specific
responsibilities include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and credit risk.
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO)
The ALCO is a group management committee comprising the CEO of HBL, CFO of HGH, CRO of HBL, Head of Retail and Financial
Controller of HBL. The ALCO generally meets monthly, and provides reports made available to HBL Audit and Risk Committees and
to the BARC. ALCO's specific responsibilities include decision making and oversight of risk matters in relation to:
• Market risk covering Foreign Exchange Risk and Interest Rate risk (including non-traded interest rate risk and the investment
of capital).
• Liquidity risk (including funding).
• Balance sheet structure.
• Capital management.
Climate-related risks
Climate change risks are managed in accordance with the Group’s RMP and supported by the environmental sustainability
framework.
The Group considers the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance (and in this regard, the Board is
currently in the process of establishing a new Board Committee to assist it in managing its climate related risks). While the effects
of climate change represent a source of uncertainty, the Group has concluded that climate-related risks do not have a material
impact on the judgements, assumptions and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2023.
P. 57
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Operational and compliance risk
Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day-to-day operational activities in the execution of the Group's strategy
which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as a result of fraud, human error,
missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from external
events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or loss of
staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.
To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational and compliance
risk, the Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles, responsibilities and
accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:
• The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation of the risks
associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular testing and attestation of the
adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Group's policies.
• The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of the Operational
Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), incident
management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control framework, and the
attestation process.
• The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the Group is
managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.
Market risk
Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of financial markets
in which the Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Group are interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and adversely impact on the Group’s earnings due
to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the case of interest rate risks mismatches between repricing dates
of interest-bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between customer pricing and wholesale rates.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and/or capital because of a mismatch between the interest rate
exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Group arises from the provision of non-traded retail banking
products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce aggregate interest rate risk (known as
hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:
• Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest-bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);
• Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);
• Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or contractually
agreed behaviour (optionality risk); and
• The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low-rate environment any fall
in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost cannot be reduced as it is already at
the minimum level (margin compression risk).
Refer to Note 25 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.
P. 58
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the Group’s earnings and shareholder equity position are adversely impacted from changes
in foreign exchange rates. The Group has exposure to foreign exchange translation risks through its Australian subsidiaries (which
have a functional currency of Australian dollars (AUD)), in the forms of profit translation risk and balance sheet translation risk.
Profit translation risk is the risk that deviations in exchange rates have a significant impact on the reported profit. Balance sheet
translation risk is the risk that whilst the foreign currency value of the net investment in a subsidiary may not have changed, when
translated back to the New Zealand dollars (NZD), the NZD value has changed materially due to movements in the exchange rates.
Foreign exchange revaluation gains and losses are booked to the foreign currency translation reserve. Foreign exchange rate
movements in any given year may have an impact on other comprehensive income. The Group manages this risk by setting and
approving the foreign exchange rate for the upcoming financial year and entering into hedging contracts to manage the foreign
exchange translation risks.
Counterparty Credit Risk
The Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:
• Cash and cash equivalents;
• Finance receivables;
• Holding of investment securities; and
• Payments owed to the Group from risk management instruments.
Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on derivative contracts,
bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.
P. 59
23 Credit risk exposure
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated to make.
The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows and increased collection
costs.
Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within acceptable risk
“appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems and controls, underpinned by
commercial judgement as described below.
To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Group's credit risk
exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:
• Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;
• Sector concentrations are monitored;
• Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;
• Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.
The BARC (with the assistance of the HBL Board Risk Committee for New Zealand and the Heartland Australia Group Board for
Australia) also oversees the Group's credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to risk appetite set by the
Board.
HBL's Board Risk Committee (BRC) has authority for approval of all credit exposures for New Zealand. Lending authority has been
provided by the BRC to HBL's Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed Delegated Lending Authority
framework. Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored through a defined review and hindsight
structure as outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending Authorities are provided to individual officers with
due cognisance of their experience and ability. Larger and higher risk exposures require approval of senior management, the
Credit Committee and ultimately through to HBL's BRC
Heartland Australia Group Board has authority for approval for all credit exposures for Australia.
Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk
Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age. These loans differ
to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to reside in the property. Further,
interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is repayable on termination of the loan. As such,
there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises
from the promise by the Group that the maximum repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrowers'
property.
The Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition to usual
criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Group will accept for reverse mortgage lending, a key
aspect of the Group's policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage loan will dictate the loan-to-value
ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination. New Zealand and Australia reverse mortgage lending standards and operations are
well aligned.
P. 60
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Business Finance Guarantee Scheme
In April 2020, HBL along with other registered banks in New Zealand, entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand
Government to implement the New Zealand Government's Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the "Scheme"). The purpose of
the Scheme was to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who had been impacted by the
economic effects of COVID-19. The Scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a five-year term. The New
Zealand Government guaranteed 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with the Bank holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme
concluded on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2023 the Bank had a total exposure of $54.8 million (2022: $64.8 million) to its
customers under this Scheme.
Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates
The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking into account any collateral held. The on balance
sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
On balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 311,503 310,758
Investments 315,192 274,212
Finance receivables 4,334,214 4,146,821
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,403,810 1,996,854
Derivative financial assets 36,983 45,221
Other financial assets 1,256 273
Total on balance sheet credit exposures 7,402,958 6,774,139
Off balance sheet:
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969
Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 416,561
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791
Total off balance sheet credit exposures 467,565 460,321
Total credit exposures 7,870,523 7,234,460
Concentration of credit risk by geographic region
$000's June 2023 June 2022
New Zealand 5,540,453 5,264,609
Australia 2,115,332 1,809,104
Rest of the world
1
268,004 212,752
7,923,789 7,286,465
Provision for impairment (53,266) (52,005)
Total credit exposures 7,870,523 7,234,460
1
These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor's) and higher rated securities issued by offshore
supranational agencies ("Kauri Bonds").
P. 61
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Concentration of credit risk by industry sector
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising
customer and investee industry sectors.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Agriculture 1,156,042 1,120,678
Forestry and fishing 130,055 148,797
Mining 8,266 12,524
Manufacturing 80,729 78,432
Finance and insurance 817,864 784,948
Wholesale trade 46,053 41,986
Retail trade and accommodation 402,146 423,975
Households 4,078,270 3,555,566
Other business services 198,377 189,860
Construction 336,333 291,971
Rental, hiring and real estate services 205,079 199,388
Transport and storage 359,865 323,732
Other 104,710 114,608
7,923,789 7,286,465
Provision for impairment (53,266) (52,005)
Total credit exposures 7,870,523 7,234,460
Credit risk grading
The Group's finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular assessment of
their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental portfolio).
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages have no arrears characteristics and are assessed on origination against a pre-determined
criteria.
The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working relationship with
the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and smaller business receivables.
Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt servicing ability.
Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism where grade 1 is the
strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable. Behavioural loans are managed based on
their arrears status.
All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (see Note 13 – Finance receivables)
which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a
minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime ECL.
P. 62
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Credit risk grading (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 25 - - - 25
Grade 2 - Strong 3,658 - - - 3,658
Grade 3 - Sound 41,887 477 - - 42,364
Grade 4 - Adequate 637,993 9,975 3,477 - 651,445
Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,390,926 5,492 602 - 1,397,020
Grade 6 - Monitor - 64,946 6,763 - 71,709
Grade 7 - Substandard - 76,955 13,725 - 90,680
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 51,447 51,447
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 1,671 1,671
Total Judgemental portfolio 2,074,489 157,845 24,567 53,118 2,310,019
Total Behavioural portfolio 1,996,109 24,625 56,727 - 2,077,461
Gross finance receivables 4,070,598 182,470 81,294 53,118 4,387,480
Provision for impairment (13,009) (2,463) (21,499) (16,295) (53,266)
Total finance receivables 4,057,589 180,007 59,795 36,823 4,334,214
Undrawn facilities available to customers 57,471 77,150 123,248 - 257,869
June 2022
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 26 - - - 26
Grade 2 - Strong 10,859 - - - 10,859
Grade 3 - Sound 53,756 - - - 53,756
Grade 4 - Adequate 697,590 5,382 1,052 - 704,024
Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,366,680 1,823 53 - 1,368,556
Grade 6 - Monitor - 25,106 2,308 - 27,414
Grade 7 - Substandard - 64,203 4,998 - 69,201
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 62,860 62,860
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 3,511 3,511
Total Judgemental portfolio 2,128,911 96,514 8,411 66,371 2,300,207
Total Behavioural portfolio 1,839,006 21,910 37,703 - 1,898,619
Gross finance receivables 3,967,917 118,424 46,114 66,371 4,198,826
Provision for impairment (20,256) (1,958) (14,602) (15,189) (52,005)
Total finance receivables 3,947,661 116,466 31,512 51,182 4,146,821
Undrawn facilities available to customers 63,475 73,175 110,495 - 247,145
P. 63
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Collateral held
The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the acceptability of specific
classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance receivables and enforced in satisfying the debt
in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Group’s lending
portfolios is outlined below.
Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans
Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s primary
residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are secured by a residential
mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.
Corporate lending
Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific security agreement
over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security agreement to provide the ability to control
cash flows.
Other lending
Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and other shorter
term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.
The Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.
Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:
Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%
Partially secured 1% - 99.9%
Unsecured No security held
The Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held:
Corporate Residential All other
June 2023
Fully secured 91% 100% 73%
Partially secured 4% - 12%
Unsecured 5% - 15%
Total 100% 100% 100%
June 2022
Fully secured 92% 100% 71%
Partially secured 6% - 14%
Unsecured 2% - 15%
Total 100% 100% 100%
P. 64
24 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing mismatch of cash
flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations are closely monitored by the Group.
Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient cash in a timely
manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.
The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by ALCO. This policy sets out
the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which ALCO must observe. Within this, the objective of the
ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of a mix of assets and liabilities given its expectations of
future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The ALCO employs asset and liability cash flow modelling to
determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.
RBNZ facilities
In March 2020, HBL was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master Repo
Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Group if required.
The Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity risk:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 311,503 310,758
Investments in debt securities 315,192 274,212
Total liquid assets 626,695 584,970
Undrawn committed bank facilities 294,042 360,859
Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding 920,737 945,829
P. 65
24 Liquidity risk (continued)
Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities
The following tables present the Group's financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual maturity date.
The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash flows. As a result, the amounts in
the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the consolidated statement of financial position.
The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result of future
actions by the Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and borrowings. Deposits and
other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts, which are at call. These accounts provide a
stable source of long term funding for the Group.
On 0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5 5+
$000's Demand Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 782,771 2,313,983 1,015,525 62,618 42,186 - 4,217,083
Other borrowings - 220,675 575,087 918,506 822,614 330,353 2,867,235
Lease liabilities - 1,489 1,501 2,875 7,046 2,731 15,642
Other financial liabilities - 43,254 - - - - 43,254
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 782,771 2,579,401 1,592,113 983,999 871,846 333,084 7,143,214
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 3,583 3,552 4,799 13,469 - 25,403
Outflows from derivatives - 6,644 6,796 5,773 13,125 - 32,338
Total derivative financial liabilities - 3,061 3,244 974 (344) - 6,935
Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 - - - - - 435,314
June 2022
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 887,976 2,028,225 561,468 103,192 41,655 - 3,622,516
Other borrowings - 505,191 268,653 702,349 1,160,157 210,428 2,846,778
Lease liabilities - 1,575 1,525 2,616 6,985 4,911 17,612
Other financial liabilities - 55,538 - - - - 55,538
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 887,976 2,590,529 831,646 808,157 1,208,797 215,339 6,542,444
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 15,681 1,759 3,505 813 - 21,758
Outflows from derivatives - 14,800 3,227 6,621 839 - 25,487
Total derivative financial liabilities - (881) 1,468 3,116 26 - 3,729
Undrawn facilities available to customers 416,561 - - - - - 416,561
P. 66
25 Interest rate risk
The Group's market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds through
the retail and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank funding, securitisation
of receivables and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in New Zealand and Australia.
The Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the ALCO. This
policy sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the ALCO must conform to this. The objective
of the ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of the mix of assets and liabilities given its
expectations of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements, liquidity constraints and capital
adequacy.
The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The
measurement comprises net interest income the Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest bearing
liabilities.
The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities
and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity premiums, as well as appropriate
lending credit margins.
An analysis of the Group’s sensitivity to an increase (+) or decrease (-) in market interest rates by 100 basis points (BP) is
as follows.
An (+)/(-) to market interest rates of 100 BP would result in a $0.12 million (+)/(-) to NPAT (2022: $0.67 million (+)/(-))
with a corresponding impact to equity.
The Group also manages interest rate risk by:
• Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;
• Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and
• Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.
P. 67
25 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis
The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity or next
repricing date, whichever is earlier.
Non-
0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest
$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total
June 2023
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 303,811 - 7,688 - - 4 311,503
Investments 29,828 24,963 37,767 55,460 167,174 15,048 330,240
Derivative financial assets - - - - - 36,983 36,983
Finance receivables 1,891,666 382,923 601,344 767,933 690,348 - 4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 2,403,810 - - - - - 2,403,810
Other financial assets - - - - - 1,256 1,256
Total financial assets 4,629,115 407,886 646,799 823,393 857,522 53,291 7,418,006
Financial liabilities
Deposits 2,259,254 795,536 962,205 59,026 35,216 19,788 4,131,025
Other borrowings 1,918,311 49,598 393,072 - 135,394 - 2,496,375
Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 7,624 7,624
Lease liabilities - - - - - 14,287 14,287
Other financial liabilities - - - - - 43,254 43,254
Total financial liabilities 4,177,565 845,134 1,355,277 59,026 170,610 84,953 6,692,565
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
1,084,971 (66,798) (41,181) (556,676) (420,316) - -
Net financial assets/(liabilities) 1,536,521 (504,046) (749,659) 207,691 266,596 (31,662) 725,441
P. 68
25 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis (continued)
Non-
0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest
$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total
June 2022
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 310,749 - - - - 9 310,758
Investments 1,568 854 51,144 91,974 128,672 15,082 289,294
Derivative financial assets - - - - - 45,221 45,221
Finance receivables 1,913,425 284,993 437,200 579,417 931,786 - 4,146,821
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 1,996,854 - - - - - 1,996,854
Other financial assets - - - - - 273 273
Total financial assets 4,222,596 285,847 488,344 671,391 1,060,458 60,585 6,789,221
Financial liabilities
Deposits 2,197,104 684,378 546,718 99,196 38,325 26,787 3,592,508
Other borrowings 2,325,261 130,873 - 121,191 - 888 2,578,213
Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 6,341 6,341
Lease liabilities - - - - - 16,240 16,240
Other financial liabilities - - - - - 55,538 55,538
Total financial liabilities 4,522,365 815,251 546,718 220,387 38,325 105,794 6,248,840
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
986,194 (76,349) (127,004) (309,781) (473,060) - -
Net financial assets/(liabilities) 686,425 (605,753) (185,378) 141,223 549,073 (45,209) 540,381
The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and affect profit or
loss.
P. 69
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries
Proportion of ownership
and voting power held
Country of
incorporation
and place of
Significant Subsidiaries business Nature of business June 2023 June 2022
Heartland Bank Limited New Zealand Bank 100% 100%
VPS Properties Limited New Zealand Investment property holding company 100% 100%
Marac Insurance Limited New Zealand Insurance services 100% 100%
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%
Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited Australia Management services 100% 100%
StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited Australia Financial services 100% 100%
StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited Australia Management services 100% 100%
27 Structured entities
A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who
controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation or
holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated
where the substance of the relationship is that the Group controls the structured entity.
(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)
The Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in the Group's
deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Deposits 244,258 149,824
(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)
HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.
The Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the consolidated statement of financial
position as the Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and liabilities. Although
the Group recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for the benefit of investors in HARWT.
Other depositors and lenders to the Group have no recourse to those assets.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 16,874 20,197
Finance receivables 254,735 312,239
Other borrowings (258,256) (315,308)
P. 70
27 Structured entities (continued)
(c) Seniors Warehouse Trust, Seniors Warehouse Trust No.2 (together the SW Trusts) and Australian Seniors Finance
Settlement Trust (ASF Trust)
SW Trusts and ASF Trust (collectively the Trusts) form part of Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF) reverse mortgage
business and were set up by ASF as asset holding entities. The Trustee for the Trusts is ASF Custodians Pty Limited, and the Trust
Manager is ASF. The reverse mortgage loans held by the Trusts are set aside for the benefit of the investors in the Trusts. The
balances of SW Trusts and ASF Trust are represented as follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 29,392 26,003
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 1,371,110 1,136,644
Other borrowings (1,124,835) (902,155)
(d) Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas Trust)
Atlas Trust was set up on 11 September 2020 as part of ASF's reverse mortgage business similar to the existing SW Trusts and ASF
Trust. The Trustee for the Trust is BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited and the Trust Manager is ASF. The balances of Atlas
Trust are represented as follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 11,684 15,774
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 144,099 138,950
Other borrowings (143,353) (145,219)
(e) StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 was set up on 31 May 2022 as part of StockCo Australia's livestock business. The Trustee for
the Trust is AMAL Trustees Pty Limited and the Trust Manager is AMAL Management Services Pty Limited. The balances of
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 are represented as follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 39,089 15,007
Finance receivables 365,130 354,901
Other borrowings (365,823) (311,415)
P. 71
28 Staff share ownership arrangements
The Group operates a number of share-based compensation plans that are equity settled. The fair value determined at the grant
date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will
eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each reporting period the Group revises its estimate of the
number of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit
or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee benefits
reserve.
(a) Share-based compensation plan details
Heartland performance rights plan (PR plan)
The PR plan was established to enhance the alignment of participants' interests with those of the Group’s shareholders. Under
the PR plan participants are issued performance rights which will entitle them to receive shares in the Group. As at June 2023,
there were 5 active tranches being 2023, 2024 (CEOs), 2024 (non-CEOs), 2025 (CEOs) and 2025 (non-CEOs). All tranches are
subject to the existing rules of the PR plan.
PR Plan 2017 Tranche and PR Plan 2018 Tranche (collectively the Legacy Tranches) and PR Plan 2022 Tranche (PR plan 2022) fully
vested in September 2022 as per the original expectation and on the basis that the Group achieved its financial measures,
strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives over the period commencing 1 July 2019 and ending on 30 June 2022. On
vesting, 2,250,625 performance rights were converted into ordinary shares, contributing a $1,170,325 decrease in the Employee
benefits reserve.
PR Plan 2023 Tranche (PR plan 2023) and PR Plan 2024 (CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2024 (CEOs))
The performance rights were issued subject to the participants’ continued employment with the Group until the measurement
date and the Group achieving its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives, over the period
commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2023. The targets are dynamic and may be adjusted by the Board from time to
time in order to account for unanticipated capital changes during the performance period. The measurement date is the business
day following the date on which the Group announces its full year results for the financial year ended 2023.
PR plan 2024 (CEOs) includes the performance rights originally issued to the CEOs under the PR plan 2023 but whose
measurement period was subsequently modified to be from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2024. There have been no other changes in
plan terms or rules.
PR Plan 2024 (non-CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2024 (non-CEOs)) and PR Plan 2025 (CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2025 (CEOs))
PR plan 2024 (non-CEOs) and PR plan 2025 (CEOs) were issued for period commencing 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2024
and 30 June 2025 respectively. The tranche rules have been aligned with PR plan 2023 and PR plan 2024 (CEOs). Measures are
tested on the business day after the announcement of full year results for the financial years ended 30 June 2024 and 30 June
2025 respectively.
PR Plan 2025 (non-CEOs) Tranche (PR plan 2025 (non-CEOs))
PR plan 2025 (non-CEOs) was issued for the period commencing 1 July 2022 and ending on 30 June 2025. The tranche rules have
been aligned with PR plan 2023 and PR plan 2024 (non-CEOs). Measures are tested on the business day after the announcement
of full year results for the financial year ended 30 June 2025.
P. 72
28 Staff share ownership arrangements (continued)
(a) Share-based compensation plan details (continued)
June 2023 June 2022
PR Plan PR Plan
Number of Number of
Rights Rights
Opening balance 8,801,096 7,742,276
Vested (2,250,625) -
Issued 1,717,909 2,454,395
Forfeited (414,740) (1,395,575)
Closing balance 7,853,640 8,801,096
(b) Effect of share-based payment transactions
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Award of Shares
PR Plan 105 1,915
Total expense recognised 105 1,915
As at 30 June 2023, $2.2 million of the share scheme awards remain unvested and not expensed (2022: $3.1 million). This expense
will be recognised over the performance period of the awards.
(c) Number of rights outstanding
June 2023 June 2022
Rights Remaining Rights Remaining
Outstanding Years Outstanding Years
PR Plan - 2017 - - 1,543 -
PR Plan - 2018 - - 139 -
PR Plan - 2022 - - 568 -
PR Plan - 2023 1,275 - 4,096 1
PR Plan - 2024 3,548 1 922 2
PR Plan - 2025 3,031 2 1,533 3
Total 7,854 8,801
P. 73
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities
Funds management and other fiduciary activities
The Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland PIE Fund and its products
(Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities has further details. The Heartland PIE
Fund deals with HBL in the normal course of business, in the HBL's capacity as Registrar of the Fund and also invests in HBL's
deposits. The Group is considered to control the Heartland PIE Fund, and as such the Heartland PIE Fund is consolidated within
the financial statements of the Group.
30 Concentrations of funding
(a) Concentration of funding by industry
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising
customer and investee industry sectors.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Agriculture 113,341 113,848
Forestry and fishing 21,944 14,391
Mining 291 1,524
Manufacturing 19,185 18,643
Finance and insurance 2,627,218 2,420,850
Wholesale trade 7,634 5,854
Retail trade and accommodation 25,136 19,491
Households 3,215,828 2,754,452
Rental, hiring and real estate services 59,720 43,797
Construction 36,868 28,449
Other business services 66,763 66,731
Transport and storage 7,807 4,598
Other 40,183 41,686
Total 6,241,918 5,534,314
Unsubordinated notes 385,482 636,407
Total borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721
(b) Concentration of funding by geographical area
$000's June 2023 June 2022
New Zealand 4,634,934 4,410,372
Overseas 1,992,466 1,760,349
Total borrowings 6,627,400 6,170,721
P. 74
31 Offsetting financial instruments
The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where there is currently
a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously.
The Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated primarily with over-
the-counter derivatives. The Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form a part of International Swaps and
Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures relating to derivative transactions. As per these
CSAs, the Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the market value of outstanding derivative transactions. As at 30 June
2023, the Group has received $27.61 million of cash collateral (2022: $32.34 million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral
includes amounts of cash obtained to cover the net exposure between the counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The
cash collateral received is not netted off against the balance of derivative assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of
financial position; and is disclosed within trade and other payables.
The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject to enforceable
master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the balance sheet. Financial
instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA
and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of financial position because
under such agreements the counterparties typically have the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or
bankruptcy or following other pre-determined events.
Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet Related amounts not offset
Gross amount
set off in
balance sheet
Net amounts
reported in the
balance sheet
Financial
instruments
Cash
Gross
collateral
Net
amount $000's
amounts
received
June 2023
Derivative financial assets 36,983 - 36,983 (7,624) (27,609) 1,750
Total financial assets 36,983 - 36,983 (7,624) (27,609) 1,750
Derivative financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -
Total financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -
June 2022
Derivative financial assets 45,221 - 45,221 (6,341) (32,342) 6,538
Total financial assets 45,221 - 45,221 (6,341) (32,342) 6,538
Derivative financial liabilities 6,341 - 6,341 (6,341) - -
Total financial liabilities 6,341 - 6,341 (6,341) - -
P. 75
32 Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the validity of the claim
will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent liabilities are possible obligations, or
present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent
liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have been made
on a case by case basis.
Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Group's operations were:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969
Total contingent liabilities 7,378 8,969
Undrawn facilities available to customers 435,314 416,561
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791
Total commitments 460,187 451,352
33 Events after reporting date
The Group approved a fully imputed final dividend of 6 cents per share on 28 August 2023.
There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the consolidated financial
statements.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142 New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (the
Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Group as at 30 June 2023, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then
ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
(NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
What we have audited
The Group's financial statements comprise:
● the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2023;
● the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
● the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
● the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
● the notes to the financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other
explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs
(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our
report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International
Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New
Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence
Standards) issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Our firm carries out other services for the Group. These services are audit and assurance related
services comprising: assurance over financial service license compliance, insurance solvency, trust
deed reporting, supervisor reporting and registry audits, regulatory reporting, agreed upon procedures
and other services. Other services are actuarial services for reverse mortgages for the Group
(completed prior to our appointment as auditor), tax compliance services for a subsidiary of the Group
and the provision of an executive reward survey report. In addition, certain partners and employees of
our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the
Group. The provision of these other services and relationships have not impaired our independence as
auditor of the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in
our audit of the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not
provide a separate opinion on these matters.
PwC 77
Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Provision for impairment of finance
receivables
As disclosed in note 13 of the financial
statements, the impairment allowance
totalled $53.3 million at 30 June 2023.
For the determination of the collectively
assessed impairment allowance, this
requires the use of credit risk
methodologies that are applied in models
using the Group’s historical experience of
the correlations between defaults and
losses, borrower creditworthiness,
segmentation of customers or portfolios
and economic conditions. The
assumptions we focused our audit on
included those with greater levels of
management judgement and for which
variations have the most significant
impact on the impairment allowance.
For finance receivables that meet specific
risk based criteria, the impairment
all owance is individually assessed by the
Group. These allowances are measured
using probability weighted scenarios
which are intended to reflect a range of
reasonably possible outcomes, and
incorporate assumptions such as
estimated future cash proceeds expected
to be recovered from the realisation of
security held as collateral by the Group.
We considered this a key audit matter due
to the significant audit effort required and
the inherent estimation uncertainty
present in its determination, which is due
to the subjectivity and extent of judgement
used by the Group in the impairment
allowance recognition and measurement.
We obtained an understanding of control activities
over the Group’s impairment allowance, and for
relevant control activities assessed whether they are
appropriately designed. For controls relevant to our
planned audit approach we tested, on a sample basis,
whether they operated effectively, throughout the
financial year.
In addition, we, along with our credit risk modelling
expert, performed the following procedures, amongst
others, on a targeted or sample basis, to assess the
reasonableness of the Group’s collective allowance
for impairment:
● Assessed the appropriateness of the methodology
inherent in the models used against the
requirements of NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
● Challenged and assessed the appropriateness of
the collective allowance for impairment inclusive of
the impacts of any post model adjustments;
● We challenged management’s modelling outcomes
using a range of what we consider reasonably
possible assumptions to assess the collective
impairment allowance; and
● Tested the completeness and accuracy of critical
data elements used in the calculations.
With respect to individually assessed allowances we:
● For a sample of business and rural loans not
identified as impaired, considered the borrowers
latest financial information provided to the Group to
assess the credit risk grade rating allocated to the
borrower to assess whether the borrower has had
a significant increase in credit risk, a critical data
element which involves significant management
judgement;
● For loans where an impairment was individually
assessed, we considered the borrower's latest
financial information, value of security held as
collateral and probability weighted scenario
outcomes (where applicable) to test the basis of
measuring the impairment allowance.
We also considered the impacts of events occurring
subsequent to balance date on the impairment
allowances.
Where applicable, we considered the competency,
capabilities, objectivity and nature of the work of
certain experts used by the Group to assist in
determining the individual impairment allowance.
PwC 78
Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We also assessed the reasonableness of the
disclosures against the requirements of the
accounting standards.
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.4 billion
at 30 June 2023 as disclosed in note 21
of the financial statements. Reverse
mortgages are held at fair value through
profit or loss.
The fair value of reverse mortgages is
subject to significant judgement and is
highly complex. In addition, the current
impacts of rising interest rates and
declining house prices, combined with the
economic outlook, increases the
possibility of increasing outflows under
the no negative equity guarantee provided
by the Group to the borrower.
Accordingly, we consider this to be a key
audit matter.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the reverse mortgages at
transaction price on the basis no reliable
fair value can be estimated as there is no
relevant active market and fair value
cannot be reliably estimated using other
valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13
Fair Value Measurement (NZ IFRS 13).
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact on
future discounted cash flows of changes
in the risk profile and expectations of
performance since loan origination.
Specifically considering changes in
mortality and potential move into care,
voluntary exits, house prices, likelihood of
cash outflows under the no negative
equity guarantee and interest rate
margins.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the Group’s
assessment of the fair value of reverse mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
● Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction cost against the requirements of NZ
IFRS 13;
● Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
● Engaging our internal actuarial experts to
independently estimate the value of discounted
future cash flows from the reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction cost of reverse mortgages (carrying
value) to assess any potential shortfall (a shortfall
would indicate the transaction value was
overstated);
● Tested the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
our internal actuarial expert assessment of the
value of discounted future cash flows;
● Assessed the reasonableness of key assumptions
(such as future house prices, voluntary exits,
interest rate margins, future interest rates) used by
our internal actuarial expert in their assessment of
the value of discounted future cash flows; and
● Considered the appropriateness of the disclosures
in note 21 of the financial statements against the
requirements of the accounting standards.
PwC 79
Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
StockCo AU Group goodwill
impairment assessment
The carrying amount of the StockCo AU
Group cash generating unit goodwill as at
30 June 2023 as disclosed in note 18 of
the financial statements amounted to
$139.3 million.
The carrying value of goodwill is a key
audit matter as it is a significant amount in
the Group’s consolidated statement of
financial position and the estimate of the
recoverable amount is dependent on
future cash flows.
The Group used the Fair Value Less
Costs of Disposal (FVLCD) methodology
to determine the recoverable amount of
the StockCo AU Group cash generating
unit. The forecasts in the impairment
model prepared by the Group are based
on the Group’s strategy, some elements
of which would be excluded under a
Value In Use (VIU) methodology under
NZ IAS 36 Impairment of assets (NZ IAS
36).
The future cash flows in the FVLCD
model were prepared based on the Board
approved four year forecast cash flows.
The key drivers and assumptions used in
the impairment model are the following:
● Annual lending growth;
● Gross interest income (including
interest yield);
● Cost of funds;
● Discount rate; and
● Terminal growth rate.
Reasonably possible changes in key
assumptions that could result in an
impairment are disclosed in note 18 of the
financial statements.
We obtained the impairment assessment prepared by
management which had been independently reviewed
by management’s external experts.
We held discussions with management to understand
the assumptions used in the goodwill impairment
assessment. We gained an understanding of the
current and forecast outlook and the strategic direction
of the business.
Our audit procedures also included the following:
● Obtaining an understanding of the business
processes and controls applied by management in
performing the impairment assessment;
● Assessing the appropriateness of using a FVLCD
approach against the requirements of NZ IAS 36;
● Understanding key changes in the forecasts used
in the impairment assessment compared to the
forecasts used in the acquisition model when the
business was acquired in the prior year;
● Challenging management on the reasonableness
of key cash flow assumptions, including
movements in annual lending growth, gross
interest income (including interest yield) and cost
of funds;
● Testing the mathematical accuracy of the
impairment assessment;
● Engaging our internal valuation expert to assess
management’s valuation methodology and key
assumptions, including the discount rate, terminal
growth rate and reasonableness of the costs of
disposal;
● Obtained and evaluated management’s sensitivity
analyses to ascertain the impact of reasonably
possible changes; and
● Considered the appropriateness of the disclosures
in note 18 of the financial statements against the
requirements of the accounting standards.
PwC 80
Description of the key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Operation of financial reporting
information technology (IT) systems
and controls
The Group’s operations and financial
reporting processes are heavily
dependent on IT systems for the capture,
processing, storage and extraction of
significant volumes of transactions which
is critical to the recording of financial
information and the preparation of the
Group’s financial statements. Accordingly,
we consider this to be a key audit matter.
In common with all other groups with a
banking subsidiary, access management
controls are important to ensure both
access and changes made to applications
and data are appropriate. Ensuring that
only appropriate staff have access to IT
systems, that the level of access itself is
appropriate, and that access is
periodically monitored, are key controls in
mitigating the potential for fraud or error
as a result of a change to an application
or underlying data.
The Group’s controls over IT systems are
intended to ensure that:
● changes to existing systems operate
as intended and are authorised;
● access to process transactions or
change data is appropriate and
maintains an intended segregation of
duties;
● the use of privileged access to
systems and data is restricted and
monitored; and
● IT processing is approved and where
issues arise they are resolved.
For material financial statement transactions and
balances, our procedures included obtaining an
understanding of the business processes, IT systems
used to generate and support those transactions and
balances, associated IT application controls, and IT
dependencies in manual controls.
This involved assessing, where relevant to the audit:
● change management: the processes and controls
used to develop, test and authorise changes to the
functionality and configurations within systems;
● security: the access controls designed to enforce
segregation of duties, govern the use of generic
and privileged accounts, or ensure that data is only
changed through authorised means; and
● IT operations: the controls over certain IT batch
processes used to ensure that any issues that
arise are managed appropriately.
Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we,
along with our IT specialists, evaluated and tested the
design and operating effectiveness of certain controls
over the continued integrity of IT systems that are
rel evant to financial reporting.
We also carried out tests, on a sample basis, of IT
application controls that were key to our audit testing
strategy in order to assess the accuracy of relevant
system calculations, automated controls and the
operation of certain system enforced access controls.
Where we identified design or operating effectiveness
matters relating to IT systems and application controls
relevant to our audit, we performed alternative or
additional audit procedures.
PwC 81
Our audit approach
Overview
Overall group materiality: $6.6 million, which represents
approximately 5% of profit before tax.
We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it
is the benchmark against which the performance of the Group is
most commonly measured by users, and is a generally accepted
benchmark.
Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement, full
scope audits were conducted over the most financially significant
operations, being the Heartland Bank Limited Banking Group and
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited. Specified audit and
analytical review procedures were performed over the remaining
operations.
As reported above, we have four key audit matters, being:
● Provision for impairment of finance receivables
● Fair value of finance receivables - reverse mortgages
● StockCo AU Group goodwill impairment assessment
● Operation of financial reporting information technology (IT)
systems and controls
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material
misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made
subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved
making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits,
we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other
matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material
misstatement due to fraud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on
the basis of the financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality,
including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These,
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature,
timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually
and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion
on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting
processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.
The scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures performed were
determined by our risk assessment, the financial significance of components and other qualitative
factors (including history of misstatement through fraud or error).
PwC 82
We performed audit procedures over components considered financially significant in the context of
the Group (full scope audit) or in the context of individual primary statement account balances (audit of
specific account balances). We performed other procedures including testing entity level controls,
audit of specific financially significant financial statement line items and analytical review procedures to
address the risk of material misstatement in the residual components.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the
information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial statements and our
auditor's report thereon. The Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after the date of
this auditor's report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not express
any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated.
When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material
misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the Directors and use our
professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of
the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the
Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole,
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users
taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the
External Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
PwC 83
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been
undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our
audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Karen Shires.
For and on behalf of:
Chartered Accountants Auckland
28 August 2023
---
Disclosure Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Contents
Page
General Information........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Priority of Creditors’ Claims............................................................................................................................................. 1
Guarantee Arrangements................................................................................................................................................... 1
Auditor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1
Directors............................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Directors’ Statements......................................................................................................................................................... 4
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income...................................................................................................... 5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity................................................................................................................ 6
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position............................................................................................................... 7
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows............................................................................................................................ 8
Notes to the Financial Statements
1 Financial statements preparation........................................................................................................................ 11
Performance
2 Segmental analysis................................................................................................................................................. 16
3 Net interest income................................................................................................................................................ 17
4 Net operating lease income................................................................................................................................... 18
5 Other income........................................................................................................................................................... 19
6 Operating expenses................................................................................................................................................. 20
7 Compensation of auditor....................................................................................................................................... 21
8 Impaired asset expense.......................................................................................................................................... 22
9 Taxation.................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Financial Position
10 Investments............................................................................................................................................................ 24
11 Derivative financial instruments.......................................................................................................................... 25
12 Finance receivables................................................................................................................................................ 30
13 Operating lease vehicles........................................................................................................................................ 31
14 Borrowings.............................................................................................................................................................. 31
15 Share capital and dividends.................................................................................................................................. 32
16 Other reserves........................................................................................................................................................ 33
17 Other balance sheet items.................................................................................................................................... 33
18 Related party transactions and balances............................................................................................................ 36
19 Fair value................................................................................................................................................................. 38
Risk Management
20 Enterprise risk management................................................................................................................................. 44
21 Credit risk exposure............................................................................................................................................... 48
22 Asset quality............................................................................................................................................................ 53
23 Liquidity risk............................................................................................................................................................ 61
24 Interest rate risk..................................................................................................................................................... 63
25 Concentrations of funding.................................................................................................................................... 65
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries.......................................................................................................................................... 67
27 Structured Entities................................................................................................................................................. 67
28 Capital adequacy.................................................................................................................................................... 68
29 Securitisation, funds management, other fiduciary activities....................................................................... 75
30 Offsetting financial instruments......................................................................................................................... 77
31 Contingent liabilities and commitments............................................................................................................ 78
32 Events after reporting date.................................................................................................................................. 78
Auditor’s Reports.................................................................................................................................................................. 79
Historical Summary of the Financial Statements............................................................................................................ 90
Amendments to Conditions of Registration.................................................................................................................... 91
Conditions of Registration................................................................................................................................................. 92
Conditions of Registration Non-Compliance................................................................................................................... 98
Pending Proceedings.......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Credit Ratings...................................................................................................................................................................... 99
Other Material Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 99
P. 1
General Information
This Disclosure Statement has been issued by Heartland Bank Limited (HBL or the Bank) and its subsidiaries (the Banking Group)
for the year ended 30 June 2023 in accordance with the Registered Bank Disclosure Statements (New Zealand Incorporated
Registered Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the Order). The financial statements of the Banking Group for the year ended 30
June 2023 form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, this Disclosure Statement.
Words and phrases defined by the Order have the same meanings when used in this Disclosure Statement.
Name and address for service
The name of the Registered Bank is Heartland Bank Limited.
The Banking Group consists of the Bank and all of its subsidiaries.
The Bank's address for service is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
The address for service of the ultimate parent, Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH), is Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket,
Auckland 1023.
Details of incorporation
The Bank was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 30 September 2010.
Interests in 5% or more of voting securities of the Bank
Name Percentage held
Heartland Group Holdings Limited 100%
Heartland Group Holdings Limited has the ability to appoint 100% of Directors, subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ)
restrictions and RBNZ Director approval.
Priority of Creditors' Claims
In the event of the Bank becoming insolvent or ceasing business, certain claims set out in legislation are paid in priority to others.
These claims include secured creditors, taxes, certain payments to employees and any liquidator’s costs. After payment of those
creditors, the claims of all other creditors are unsecured and would rank equally, with the exception of holders of subordinated
bonds and notes which rank below all other claims.
Guarantee Arrangements
As at the date this Disclosure Statement was signed, no material obligations of the Bank were guaranteed.
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
PwC Tower, Level 27
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
P. 2
Directors
All Directors of the Bank reside in New Zealand. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Bank Limited, Level 3,
35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
On 8 November 2022, Simon Tyler was appointed as Director. Geoffrey Ricketts ceased directorship on 13 March 2023.
There have been no other changes in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Bank for the year ended 30 June 2023.
The Directors of the Bank and their details at the time this Disclosure Statement was signed were:
Chairman – Board of Directors
Name: Bruce Robertson Irvine Qualifications: BCom, LLB, FCA, CFInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Air Rarotonga Limited, Amaia Day Spa (Tonga) Limited, Amaia Luxury Spa Limited, B R Irvine Limited, Blackbyre Horticulture
Limited, Bowdens Mart Limited, MG Sustainable Operations Limited, Chambers @151 Limited, Clipper Investments (2002)
Limited, Cockerill and Campbell (2007) Limited, Embassy Hotels Limited, GZ Capital Limited, GZ NZ Limited, GZ RES Limited,
Hansons Lane International Holdings Limited, Hawling Holdings Limited, House of Travel Holdings Limited, J.S. Ewers Limited,
Kaipaki Holdings Limited, Kaipaki Properties Limited, Lake Angelus Holdings Limited, Lamanna Bananas (NZ) Limited, Lamanna
Premier Group Pty Limited, Lamanna Limited, Market Fresh Wholesale Limited, Market Gardeners Limited, MG Group Holdings
Limited, MG Marketing Limited, MG New Zealand Limited, Monarch Hotels Limited, Noblesse Oblige Limited, Paradise Islands
Limited, Phimai Holdings Limited, Quitachi Limited, Scenic Hotels (Karapiro) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Hamilton) Limited, Scenic
Circle Convention Services Limited, Scenic Hotel (Haast) Limited, Scenic Circle (Napier) Limited, Scenic Hotel Group Limited, Scenic
Hotels (Ashburton) Limited, Scenic Hotels (International) Limited, Scenic Circle MLC Café & Bar Limited, Skope Industries Limited,
Southland Produce Markets Limited, Stark Holdings (NZ) Limited, Wavell Resources Limited, Scenic Circle (Rotorua) Limited, Scenic
Circle (Queenstown) Limited, Scenic Hotels Limited, Abalon Investments Limited, Airedale Developments (Auckland) Limited,
Scenic Hotels (Tonga) Limited, Waiho Investments Limited, Scenic Circle Hotels Management Services Limited, Scenic Hotel
Collection New Zealand Limited, Scenic Hotels (Auckland) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Niue) Limited, Scenic Hotels (Kaikoura) Limited,
Heartland Hotels Limited, Scenic (Franz Josef) Limited, Scenic Circle (Airedale) Limited, Scenic Circle (Bay Of Islands) Limited,
Platinum Hotels Limited, Scenic Aviation Limited, Scenic Circle (Bay Of Plenty) Limited, Scenic Circle (Blenheim) Limited, Karma
Finance Limited, Scenic Circle Hotels (Dunedin) Limited, Refined Hotels Limited, Scenic Hospitality Services Limited, Scenic Circle
Glacier Country Hotel Limited, Scenic Circle (North Island) Limited, Scenic Hotels Technology Limited, Scenic Circle (Rotorua Lakes)
Limited, Ezibed (2022) Limited, Mainstay International Hotels (NZ)(2022) Limited, Mainstay International Hotels (2022) Limited,
Mitchell Corp New Zealand (2022) Limited, Te Kaikoura Investments Limited, MLC Scenic Limited, Wagstaff Holdings Limited,
Heartland PIE Fund Limited, Scenic Hotel Punakaiki Limited, Golden Chain (NZ) (2022) Limited, Sproule Ft Leinster Limited, Sproule
Ft Prestons Limited, Southern Paprika Limited, Premier Fresh Australia Pty Ltd.
Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade Qualifications: LLB
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings
External Directorships:
Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited, Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited, ASF
Custodians Pty Limited, Heartland Group Holdings Limited, Henley Family Investments Limited, StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited,
StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited.
Name: Edward John Harvey Qualifications: BCom, CA, CFInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Napier Port Holdings Limited, Pomare Investments Limited, Port of Napier Limited.
Name: Kathryn Mitchell Qualifications: BA, CMInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited, Farmright Limited, Firsttrax Limited, Helpings Hands Holdings
Limited, Link Engine Management Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, Heartland
Group Holdings Limited, The A2 Milk Company Limited.
P. 3
Directors (continued)
Name: Shelley Maree Ruha Qualifications: BCom, DipBank
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Analey Holdings Limited, Analey Investments Limited, IT & Business Consulting Limited, New Zealand Rural Land Management GP
Limited, Partners Group Holdings Limited, Partners Life Limited, 9 Spokes International Limited, Taxgift Limited, Hobson Wealth
Holdings Limited, Hobson Wealth Partner’s Limited, Paysauce Limited, 9 Spokes Knowledge Limited, 9 Spokes Operations Limited,
9 Spokes Trustee Limited, 9 Spokes US Holdings Limited, Allied Farmers Limited, Iris Group Holdings Limited, Iris Life Limited, Iris
Services Limtied, 5M No.2 Limited, Alf Nominees Limited, Allied Farmers Rural Limited, Clearwater Hotel 2004 Limited, Lifestyles
of New Zealand Queenstown Limited, Lonz 2008 Holdings Limited, Lonz 2008 Limited, NZ Farmers Livestock Finance Limited, QWF
Holdings Limited, Rural Funding Solutionz Limited, UFL Lakeview Limited.
Name: Simon Ross Tyler Qualifications: MSc, BSc (hons)
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships:
Nutrition for Health Limited, Global Horticulture Limited, Palliser Estate Wines of Martinborough Limited.
Conflicts of interest policy
All Directors are required to disclose to the Board any actual or potential conflicts of interest which may exist or is thought to exist
upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures up to date. The details of each disclosure made by a Director to the
Board must be entered in the Interests Register.
Directors are required to take any necessary and reasonable measures to try to resolve the conflict and comply with the
Companies Act 1993 by disclosing interests and restrictions on voting. Any Director with a material personal, professional or
business interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise,
may not be present during the boardroom discussions or vote on the relevant matter.
Interested transactions
There have been no transactions between the Bank or any member of the Banking Group and any Director or immediate relative
or close business associate of any Director which either has been entered into on terms other than those which would in the
ordinary course of business of the Bank or any member of the Banking Group be given to any other person of like circumstances
or means, or could be reasonably likely to influence materially the exercise of the Directors' duties.
Audit committee composition
Members of the Bank's Audit Committee as at the date of this Disclosure Statement are as follows:
Edward John Harvey (Chairperson) Independent Non-Executive Director
Bruce Robertson Irvine Independent Non-Executive Director
Shelley Maree Ruha
Simon Ross Tyler
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
P. 4
Directors' Statements
Each Director of the Bank states that he or she believes, after due enquiry, that:
1.As at the date on which this Disclosure Statement is signed:
(a)the Disclosure Statement contains all the information that is required by the Order; and
(b) the Disclosure Statement is not false or misleading.
2.During the year ended 30 June 2023:
(a)the Bank complied in all material respects with eachCondition of Registration that applied during the period;
(b) credit exposures to connected persons were not contrary to the interests of the Banking Group; and
(c)the Bank had systems in place to monitor and control adequately material risks of the Banking Group, including
credit risk, concentration of credit risk, interest rate risk, currency risk, equity risk, liquidity risk, operational risk
and other business risks, and that those systems were being properly applied.
This Disclosure Statement is dated 28 August 2023 and has been signed by all the Directors.
B. R. Irvine (Chair)K. Mitchell
J. K. GreensladeS. M. Ruha
E. J. HarveyS. TylerS.Tyler
P. 5
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2023
$000's Note
June 2023 June 2022
Interest income
3
372,688 275,770
Interest expense
3
158,027 66,205
Net interest income 214,661 209,565
Operating lease income
4
5,631 5,284
Operating lease expense
4
3,827 3,383
Net operating lease income 1,804 1,901
Lending and credit fee income
7,722 6,943
Other income
5
2,932 24,860
Net operating income 227,119 243,269
Operating expenses
6
101,337 96,203
Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax 125,782 147,066
Fair value (loss) on investments
- (315)
Impaired asset expense
8
22,891 14,692
Profit before income tax 102,891 132,059
Income tax expense
9
28,389 36,068
Profit for the year
74,502
95,991
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 7,264 6,540
Movement in fair value reserve (533) (712)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Movement in defined benefit reserve - (171)
Net loss due to wind-up of superannuation scheme - (473)
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax 6,731 5,184
Total comprehensive income for the year
81,233
101,175
Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owner of the Bank.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 6
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2023
June 2023 June 2022
Share
Capital Reserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
Share
Capital
Reserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
$000's
Note
Balance at beginning of year 553,239 6,412 147,852 707,503 553,239 755 87,834 641,828
Total comprehensive income for
the year
Profit for the year - - 74,502 74,502 - - 95,991 95,991
Other comprehensive income,
net of income tax
16 - 6,731 6,731 - 5,657 (473) 5,184
Total comprehensive income for
the year
- 6,731 74,502 81,233 - 5,657 95,518 101,175
Contributions by and distributions
to owner
Dividend to Heartland Group
Holdings Limited
15 - - (60,000) (60,000) - - (35,500) (35,500)
Total transactions with owner - - (60,000) (60,000) - - (35,500) (35,500)
Balance at end of the year 553,239 13,143 162,354 728,736 553,239 6,412 147,852 707,503
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 7
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 30 June 2023
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469
Investments 10 317,011 275,714
Derivative financial instruments 11 36,982 44,487
Due from related parties 18 - 1,540
Finance receivables 12 3,954,800 3,762,231
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 19 888,600 721,264
Investment properties 11,903 11,832
Operating lease vehicles 13 16,966 15,161
Right of use assets 17 11,510 13,660
Other assets 17 19,597 13,338
Intangible assets 17 71,635 58,418
Deferred tax asset 9 16,760 15,538
Total assets 5,561,808 5,154,652
Liabilities
Deposits 14 4,131,029 3,597,144
Other borrowings 14 615,126 749,478
Derivative financial instruments 11 7,624 6,335
Due to related parties 18 7,173 1,535
Lease liabilities 17 13,478 15,726
Tax liabilities 7,692 22,479
Trade and other payables 17 50,950 54,452
Total liabilities 4,833,072 4,447,149
Net assets 728,736 707,503
Equity
Share capital 15 553,239 553,239
Retained earnings and other reserves 16 175,497 154,264
Total equity 728,736 707,503
Total interest earning and discount bearing assets 5,374,632 4,979,167
Total interest and discount bearing liabilities 4,726,367 4,318,947
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 8
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2023
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received 293,872 232,601
Operating lease income received 4,571 3,913
Lending, credit fees and other income received 12,236 11,740
Operating inflows 310,679 248,254
Interest paid (138,332) (87,131)
Payments to suppliers and employees (93,333) (47,169)
Taxation paid (44,055) (26,616)
Operating outflows (275,720) (160,916)
Net cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities 34,959 87,338
Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles 4,492 4,482
Purchase of operating lease vehicles (8,766) (10,758)
Net movement in finance receivables (301,687) (636,981)
Net movement in deposits 522,307 376,052
Net movement in related party balances 3,202 (3,069)
Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities
1
254,507 (182,936)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (23,423) (11,889)
Proceeds from investment securities 55,443 82,946
Purchase of investment securities (95,000) -
Purchase of investment property (71) -
Net cash flows (applied to)/from investing activities (63,051) 71,057
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from wholesale funding 671,271 779,668
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (753,838) (521,541)
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (150,000) -
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 97,934 -
Dividends paid 15 (60,000) (35,500)
Payment of lease liabilities (2,248) (2,182)
Net cashflows (applied to)/from financing activities (196,881) 220,445
Net (decrease)/increase in cash held (5,425) 108,566
Opening cash and cash equivalents 221,469 112,903
Closing cash and cash equivalents
2
216,044 221,469
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.
2
At 30 June 2023, the Banking Group has $16.9 million (2022: $20.2 million) of cash held by the Trust which may only be used for the purposes
defined in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of the Trust and further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 9
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Profit for the year 74,502 95,991
Add/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 9,299 10,294
Depreciation on lease vehicles 13 3,461 3,103
Capitalised net interest income and fee income (69,249) (46,108)
Impaired asset expense 8 22,891 14,692
Investment fair value movement - 315
Deferred tax (1,222) (3,287)
Other non-cash items 1,015 (13,245)
Total non-cash items (33,805) (34,236)
Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:
Finance receivables (301,687) (636,981)
Operating lease vehicles (5,266) (6,276)
Other assets 2,313 (1,780)
Current tax (14,787) 14,923
Derivative financial instruments 8,794 (23,002)
Deposits 522,307 376,052
Other liabilities 2,136 32,373
Total movements in operating assets and liabilities 213,810 (244,691)
Net cash flows from/(applied to) operating activities
1
254,507 (182,936)
1
Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale funding which are included as part of financing activities.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 10
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Net debt reconciliation
The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.
$000's
Note June 2023 June 2022
Balance as at beginning of year
1
765,204 520,665
Proceeds from wholesale funding 671,271 779,668
Repayment of wholesale borrowings (753,838) (521,541)
Repayment of unsubordinated notes (150,000) -
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt 97,934 -
Payment of lease liabilities (2,248) (2,182)
Total cash movements (136,881) 255,945
Capitalised interest and fee expense 755 -
Fair value movements (473) (11,534)
Other movements - 128
Total non-cash movements 282 (11,406)
Balances as at end of year 628,605 765,204
1
Includes lease liabilities and other borrowings.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these consolidated
financial statements.
P. 11
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2023
1 Financial statements preparation
Reporting entity
The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Bank Limited (HBL or the
Bank) and the Banking Group. Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries for further details.
The Bank is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993, a registered bank under the Banking
(Prudential Supervision) Act 1989 and a Financial Market Conduct (FMC) reporting entity for the purposes of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013.
Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ
GAAP) and with the requirements of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The financial statements comply with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as
appropriate for profit-oriented entities, and the Registered Bank Disclosure Statement (New Zealand Incorporated Registered
Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the Order). The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Banking Group's functional and presentation currency.
Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Banking Group's funding and liquidity
position.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these financial statements.
Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial year. These
reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the comparative year.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial instruments and
investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting policies set out in the accompanying
notes to the financial statements.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Banking Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.
Controlled entities are all entities in which the Bank is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the
entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities. Intercompany transactions, balances and
any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are
eliminated.
Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange rates ruling at
balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date. Exchange differences are taken
to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
P. 12
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting standards
Accounting standards issued and effective
There have been no changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and effective that are expected
to have a material impact on the Banking Group.
Accounting standards issued not yet effective
Disclosure of fees for audit firms' services (Amendments to FRS-44)
Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an entity to
describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for those services using
prescribed categories. These amendments apply to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. Earlier application is
permitted for accounting periods that begin before 1 January 2024 but have not ended or do not end before 15 June 2023.
The Banking Group has early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for
further details.
Climate-related standards
Climate-related disclosure standards were issued in December 2022, and took effect on 1 January 2023. These include the
Climate-related Disclosures (CS 1), Adoption of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards (CS 2) and General Requirements for
Climate-related Disclosures (CS 3). The Banking Group is a designated climate reporting entity under the climate related disclosure
regime and is required to meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023.
Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not
mandatory for the 30 June 2023 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Banking Group. These standards,
amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or future reporting periods.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the Banking Group’s consolidated financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This
note provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information about each
of these estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of calculation for each affected item
in the financial statements.
x Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Banking Group's best estimate of future cash
repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical loss data and forward-
looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 12 - Finance receivables for further details.
x Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price. Management judgement is applied in
determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair value. Refer to Note 19 - Fair value for further details.
Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value adjustments) are
based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Banking Group has internal controls in place to ensure that estimates can
be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates and judgements used in the preparation of
the Banking Group’s financial statements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors,
including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are
recognised in the reporting period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
P. 13
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial Assets
Financial assets are classified based on:
x The business model within which the assets are managed; and
x Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).
The Banking Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. When
assessing the business model, the Banking Group considers factors including how performance and risks are managed, evaluated
and reported and the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.
Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:
Financial Assets Measurement Category Note
Bank bonds and floating rate notes Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 10
Public sector securities and corporate bonds FVOCI 10
Equity investments Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 10
Finance receivables – reverse mortgages FVTPL 19
Finance receivables Amortised cost 12
Derivative financial instruments FVTPL 11
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through
holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.
Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method.
Financial assets measured at FVOCI
Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through
collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.
Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income
except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are recognised in profit or loss.
P. 14
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial Assets (continued)
Financial assets measured at FVTPL
Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:
x they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial asset in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
x the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or
x they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:
x Those to be measured at amortised cost;
x Those to be measured at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL
Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:
x They are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial liability in the
near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of
short-term profit taking; or
x They are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the
note for the relevant item.
The Banking Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 19 - Fair
value.
Recognition
The Banking Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other financial
assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the trade date at which the
Banking Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
P. 15
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Derecognition
The Banking Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it
transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks
and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or
retained by the Banking Group is recognised as a separate asset.
The Banking Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its consolidated statement of financial
position but retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and
rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the consolidated statement of financial position.
Transfers of assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised assets and
repurchase transactions.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is
replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially
modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability,
with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in profit or loss.
P. 16
Performance
2 Segmental analysis
Segment information is presented in respect of the Banking Group's operating segments which are consistent with those used for
the Banking Group's management and internal reporting structure.
An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the Banking Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources
and assessing business performance of the Banking Group, has been identified as the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and
direct reports.
Operating segments
The Banking Group operates within New Zealand and comprises the following main operating segments:
Motor Motor vehicle finance.
Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.
Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.
Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working capital solutions for
small-to-medium sized businesses.
Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector primarily offering livestock finance, rural mortgage
lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing solutions to farmers.
Certain operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated to operating segments and are
included in Other. Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments as assets. Liabilities are managed centrally and
therefore are not allocated across the operating segments. The Banking Group does not rely on any single major customer for its
revenue base.
Reverse Personal
$000's
Motor Mortgages Lending Business Rural Other Total
June 2023
Net interest income
60,681 39,696 9,426 71,630 33,522 (294) 214,661
Lending and credit fee income
2,034 2,671 447 2,278 292 - 7,722
Net other income
1,485 - 935 991 398 927 4,736
Net operating income 64,200 42,367 10,808 74,899 34,212 633 227,119
Operating expenses 4,140 4,928 6,459 9,387 3,068 73,355 101,337
Profit/(loss) before impaired asset expense
and income tax
60,060 37,439 4,349 65,512 31,144 (72,722) 125,782
Impaired asset expense 10,911 - 3,195 8,155 630 - 22,891
Profit before income tax 49,149 37,439 1,154 57,357 30,514 (72,722) 102,891
Income tax expense - - - - - 28,389 28,389
Profit/(loss) for the year 49,149 37,439 1,154 57,357 30,514 (101,111) 74,502
Total assets 1,563,939 888,600 358,572 1,356,913 712,596 681,188 5,561,808
Total liabilities 4,833,072
P. 17
2 Segmental analysis (continued)
Reverse Personal
$000's
Motor Mortgages Lending Business Rural Other Total
June 2022
Net interest income 69,730 29,957 10,218 70,602 29,460 (402) 209,565
Lending and credit fee income 1,582 2,583 364 2,145 269 - 6,943
Net other income 1,744 - 1,198 534 470 22,815 26,761
Net operating income 73,056 32,540 11,780 73,281 30,199 22,413 243,269
Operating expenses 3,792 4,485 6,417 9,358 3,038 69,113 96,203
Profit/(loss) before impaired asset expense
and income tax
69,264 28,055 5,363 63,923 27,161 (46,700) 147,066
Fair value (loss) on investments - - - - - (315) (315)
Impaired asset expense/(benefit) 1,481 - (877) 11,831 2,257 - 14,692
Profit/(loss) before income tax 67,783 28,055 6,240 52,092 24,904 (47,015) 132,059
Income tax expense - - - - - 36,068 36,068
Profit/(loss) for the year 67,783 28,055 6,240 52,092 24,904 (83,083) 95,991
Total assets 1,382,367 721,264 332,783 1,387,352 687,232 643,654 5,154,652
Total liabilities 4,447,149
3 Net interest income
Policy
Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method that discounts the
financial instruments' future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest income or expense over the life of the
financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not
subsequently revised. For financial instruments at amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield
related fees and commissions paid or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.
Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the Banking Group’s
expected credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial assets in stage 3. For
financial instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective interest rate method.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Interest income
Cash and cash equivalents
9,585 805
Investments
5,081 5,156
Finance receivables
290,487 230,514
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
67,535 39,295
Total interest income
1
372,688 275,770
P. 18
3 Net interest income (continued)
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Interest expense
Retail deposits
146,301 45,387
Other borrowings
31,490 20,727
Net interest (income)/expense on derivative financial instruments
(19,764) 91
Total interest expense
2
158,027 66,205
Net interest income 214,661 209,565
1
Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI. Total interest
income derived from these financial assets is calculated using the effective interest rate method. Finance receivables
- reverse mortgages are
measured at FVTPL.
2
Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is calculated
using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the effective interest
rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.
4 Net operating lease income
Policy
As a lessor, the Banking Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and therefore
classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are recognised on a straight-line basis
over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the
carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating
lease assets are included as part of operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease
assets are included as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis
consistent with similar assets.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Operating lease income
Lease income
4,639 4,161
Gain on disposal of lease assets
992 1,123
Total operating lease income 5,631 5,284
Operating lease expense
Depreciation on lease assets
3,461 3,103
Direct lease costs
366 280
Total operating lease expense 3,827 3,383
Net operating lease income 1,804 1,901
P. 19
5 Other income
Policy
Rental income from investment properties
Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.
Insurance income
Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of attachment of the risk over
the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis once our liability to the
policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.
Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the fair value of any derivatives not
designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and
disclosed within Other income. Refer to Note 11 - Derivative financial instruments for further details.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Rental income from investment properties 1,063 833
Insurance income
1
756
664
Management fee income
2
9,113
5,918
Other income 243
706
Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments (8,237)
16,723
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain (6)
16
Total other income 2,932
24,860
1
Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of HBL. MIL ceased writing insurance policies in 2020
with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.
2
Refer to Note 18 - Related party transactions and balances for further details.
P. 20
6 Operating expenses
Policy
Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is consumed or a
liability is incurred.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Personnel expenses
1
60,213 53,826
Directors' fees
574 542
Superannuation
1,171 1,045
Depreciation - property, plant and equipment
1,756 2,342
Legal and professional fees
2
2,838 2,310
Advertising and public relations
1,803 2,814
Depreciation - right of use asset
2,150 2,122
Technology services
9,720 9,014
Telecommunications, stationery and postage
1,694 1,492
Customer administration costs
2,497 2,419
Customer onboarding costs
2,469 2,341
Occupancy costs
1,408 1,345
Amortisation of intangible assets
5,393 5,830
Other operating expenses
7,651 8,761
Total operating expenses 101,337 96,203
1
Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application
software.
2
Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.
P. 21
7 Compensation of auditor
In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, adopted by the Banking Group from 1 July 2022, the Banking Group is required to
disclose the fees incurred for services received from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or
review of the financial statements. Other services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the
following categories:
• audit or review related services;
• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;
• taxation services and;
• other services.
In accordance with HGH's external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor's firm to perform tax
compliance work. It is also the Banking Group's policy to engage the external auditor's firm on assignments additional to its
statutory audit duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor. All services are approved by
the Board Audit and Risk Committee.
The fees payable to the current auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand (PwC) and to the predecessor auditor, KPMG are
outlined in the below table:
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Fees paid to current auditor - PwC
Audit and review of financial statements
1
660 -
Other assurance and agreed-upon procedure services paid to auditor
2
17
Other services paid to auditor
3
17 -
Total compensation to PwC 694 -
Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG
Audit and review of financial statements
1
- 593
Other assurance and agreed-upon procedure services paid to auditor
2
- 20
Total compensation to KPMG - 613
Total compensation of auditor 694 613
1
Audit and review of the financial statements includes fees paid for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of interim
financial statements.
2
Other assurance related services paid to the auditor comprise reasonable assurance engagement services for insurance solvency return, trust
deed reporting, supervisor and registry audits.
3
Other non-assurance services paid to PwC relates to actuarial services for reverse mortgages for the Banking Group carried out by PwC prior to
the appointment as external auditors and fees for executive reward survey report.
P. 22
8 Impaired asset expense
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Individually impaired asset expense 13,033 10,782
Collectively impaired asset expense
11,757 6,665
Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts previously written off 24,790 17,447
Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement
(1,899) (2,755)
Total impaired asset expense 22,891 14,692
Refer to Note 22 – Asset quality for provision for impairment details.
9 Taxation
Policy
Income tax
Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any adjustment
required for prior years' tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to
items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. Current tax for
current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. As required by NZ IAS 12
Income Taxes, a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that a future taxable profit will be available
to realise the asset.
Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Banking Group is predominantly involved in providing financial
services, only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST is treated as an expense
or, if relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.
P. 23
9 Taxation (continued)
Income tax expense
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Income tax recognised in profit or loss
Current tax
Current year
30,353 40,104
Adjustments for prior year
(742) (748)
Deferred tax
Current year
(1,447) (2,895)
Adjustments for prior year
225 (393)
Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss 28,389 36,068
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Current tax
Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve
(246) (5,271)
Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve
2,418 7,537
Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income 2,172 2,266
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before income tax 102,891 132,059
Prima facie tax @ 28%
28,810 36,976
Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible
97 232
Adjustments for prior year
(518) (1,140)
Total income tax expense 28,389 36,068
Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Employee entitlements 1,370 1,234
Share based payment
616 501
Provision for impairment
14,622 14,176
Intangibles and property, plant and equipment
(1,530) (2,972)
Deferred acquisition costs
(55) (196)
Operating lease vehicles
451 680
Other temporary differences
1,286 2,116
Total deferred tax assets 16,760 15,538
Opening balance of deferred tax assets 15,538 12,251
Movement recognised in profit or loss
1,222 3,287
Closing balance of deferred tax assets 16,760 15,538
P. 24
Financial Position
10 Investments
Policy
Investments are classified into one of the following categories:
Fair value through profit or loss
Investments under this category include equity investments and are measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair
value of these investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Investments under this category include bank bonds, floating rate notes, public securities and corporate bonds. These are initially
measured at fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value of these
investments are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.
Amortised cost
Investments under this category include bank deposits and are measured using effective interest rate method. They are held to
collect contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Bank deposits, bank bonds and floating rate notes 305,310 261,258
Public sector securities and corporate bonds
9,882 12,953
Equity investments
1,819 1,503
Total investments 317,011 275,714
Refer to Note 19 - Fair value for details of the split between investments measured at fair value through profit or loss, fair value
through other comprehensive income and amortised cost.
P. 25
11 Derivative financial instruments
Policy
The Banking Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are placed
into hedges that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an accounting hedge
relationship.
Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as
liabilities when their fair value is negative.
A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the Banking Group to
risk of changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Banking Group applies fair value hedge
accounting to hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject to interest rate risk. The Banking
Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable forecast future cash flows attributable to
interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.
Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the fair value of any
derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income.
Fair value hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective, consistent with the originally
documented risk management strategy, and
x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Banking Group.
The Banking Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Banking Group
also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.
Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for fair value hedge
accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are
attributable to the hedged risk.
Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged
risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold,
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried
at amortised cost is amortised to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the
remaining period to maturity of the hedged item. Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the
balance sheet, the adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
x the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
x effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective, consistent with the originally
documented risk management strategy, and
x the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Banking Group.
P. 26
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)
The Banking Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Banking Group
also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is recognised initially
in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income.
When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the Banking Group
elects to revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains in the cash flow hedging
reserve until the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it is transferred to the corresponding income or
expense line. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative
previously reported in the cash flow hedging reserve is immediately transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income.
The Banking Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements in
interest rates. As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Banking Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements
of NZ IAS 39.
The Banking Group's approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 24 – Interest rate risk. The
Banking Group actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities, associated
with the mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, by entering
into interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.
Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for another resulting in
an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without exchange of principal. Interest rate swap
notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison
with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved,
therefore don't indicate the Banking Group's exposure to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their
notional values are set out in the below table.
June 2023 June 2022
Notional Fair Value Fair Value Notional
Fair Value
Fair Value
$000's
Principal Assets Liabilities Principal Assets Liabilities
Interest rate related contracts
Held as economic hedges 260,650 6,539 - 619,005 17,842 1,537
Designated as cash flow hedges 850,068 15,398 941 309,946 7,949 -
Designated as fair value hedges 543,200 15,045 6,683 549,200 18,696 4,798
Interest rate swaps 1,653,918 36,982 7,624 1,478,151 44,487 6,335
Total derivative financial instruments 1,653,918 36,982 7,624 1,478,151 44,487 6,335
P. 27
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Banking Group's floating rate
domestic borrowings and deposits by using 'receive floating / pay fixed' interest rate swaps to fix the cost of floating interest rate
loans and deposits.
Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk arising
from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest rate risk
arising from fixed-rate investment securities.
The Banking Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument exists
based on an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk, supported by quantitative
analysis. Close alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument is also considered a strong indication of
the presence of an economic relationship by the Banking Group.
The Banking Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional amount of
the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.
Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair value of the
hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed effective, the change in fair
values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this range the hedge would be deemed
ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line with each hedge relationship policy above.
The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-designated and re-
designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged exposure.
Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging instrument,
difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties' credit risk affecting the fair value of hedging
instruments.
The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in
continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2023
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts - 20,000 295,000 535,068 - 850,068
Average interest rate - 4.22% 3.78% 4.00% -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 54,700 38,000 60,000 160,400 5,100 318,200
Average interest rate 1.17% 0.77% 0.88% 3.06% 1.51%
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts - 125,000 - 100,000 - 225,000
Average interest rate - 1.78% - 4.30% -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 54,700 183,000 355,000 795,468 5,100 1,393,268
P. 28
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5
5+
$000's
Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2022
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts - - - 309,946 - 309,946
Average interest rate - - - 2.49% -
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts 20,000 31,000 92,700 115,400 15,100 274,200
Average interest rate 1.20% 0.81% 1.00% 0.84% 1.45%
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts 150,000 - 125,000 - - 275,000
Average interest rate 4.50% - 1.78% - -
Total interest rate risk nominal amount 170,000 31,000 217,700 425,346 15,100 859,146
The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value hedge relationships
and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging instruments used as the basis for
recognising effectiveness.
As at 30 June 2023 For the year ended
30 June 2023
Hedge
Accumulated
ineffectiveness
amount of fair
gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 290,723 (14,893) 2,620
Other borrowings (219,959) 5,331 473
Total 70,764 (9,562) 3,093
Interest rate swaps 8,362 8,362 (3,133)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
(40)
P. 29
11 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
As at 30 June 2022 For the year ended
30 June 2022
Hedge
Accumulated
ineffectiveness
amount of fair
gain/(loss)
Carrying value hedge
recognised in
$000's
value adjustment
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments 262,314 (16,914) (14,793)
Other borrowings (272,983) 4,858 11,543
Total (10,669) (12,056) (3,250)
Interest rate swaps 13,898 13,898 3,295
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial instruments recognised in
other income
45
The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that have ceased to be
adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2022: nil).
The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of the reserve are
shown in the following table.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash flow hedge reserve
Balance at beginning of year
7,446 906
Transferred to the income statement (1,771) (641)
Net gains from change in fair value
11,453 10,036
Net movement before tax 9,682 9,395
Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve (2,418) (2,855)
Balance at end of year 14,710 7,446
During the year ended 30 June 2023, a gain of $0.7 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial instruments in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge relationships (2022:
nil).
There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly probable cash flows
no longer being expected to occur (2022: nil).
There are $10.1 million (2022: $1.6 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge accounting is
no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over the lifetime of the original
hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the period of the original hedge relationship
which has since been de-designated.
P. 30
12 Finance receivables
Policy
Finance receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct transaction costs and are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss.
Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised to interest
income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly related to the origination of a
loan are recognised over the period of service.
$000's
June 2023 June 2022
Gross finance receivables at amortised cost 4,006,945 3,812,658
Less provision for impairment
1
(52,145) (50,427)
Net finance receivables at amortised cost 3,954,800 3,762,231
1
Refer to Note 22 - Asset quality for further details.
P. 31
13 Operating lease vehicles
Policy
Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing for any residual
values. The estimated lives of these vehicles are between one and five years. Vehicles held for sale are not depreciated but are
tested for impairment.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cost
Opening balance 20,450 16,114
Additions 8,766 10,758
Disposals (6,303) (6,422)
Closing balance 22,913 20,450
Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance 5,289 5,249
Depreciation charge for the year 3,461 3,103
Disposals (2,803) (3,063)
Closing balance 5,947 5,289
Opening net book value 15,161 10,865
Closing net book value 16,966 15,161
The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $4.086 million (2022: $3.057
million), within one to five years is $7.598 million (2022: $6.465 million) and over five years is nil (2022: nil).
14 Borrowings
Policy
Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs. They are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The Banking Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed rate debt
issues, the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Deposits 4,131,029 3,597,144
Total borrowings related to deposits 4,131,029 3,597,144
Unsubordinated notes 122,165 272,983
Subordinated notes
1
97,793
-
Securitised borrowings 227,054 267,779
Certificate of deposit 148,110 198,715
Money market borrowings 20,004 10,001
Total other borrowings 615,126 749,478
Total deposits and other borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622
Due within one year 4,328,399 3,509,295
Due more than one year 417,756 837,327
Total deposits and other borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622
1
Refer to Note 28 - Capital adequacy for further details.
Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.
P. 32
14 Borrowings (continued)
The Banking Group has the following retail bonds on issue at balance sheet date:
Retail Bonds Frequency of interest
$000's repayments June 2023 June 2022 Maturity
$150 million Semi-annually - 145,142 21 September 2022
$125 million Semi-annually
122,165 127,841
12 April 2024
Total retail bonds 122,165 272,983
The Banking Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding at balance sheet date:
Securitisation facility June 2023 June 2022
$000's Limit Drawn Limit Drawn Maturity
Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse (HARWT) 400,000 227,054 400,000 267,779 26 August 2024
Total securitisation borrowings 227,054 267,779
HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.
The Banking Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in facility
limits, refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Banking Group has a track record of extending or refinancing
funding arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the facilities above expire.
15 Share capital and dividends
Policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share options
are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
June 2023 June 2022
Number of Number of
000's Shares Shares
Issued shares
Opening balance 565,430 565,430
Closing balance 565,430 565,430
There were nil new shares issued during the period (2022:nil).
The issued and fully paid ordinary share capital is included in Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group. Refer to Note 28 - Capital
adequacy for further details.
Dividends paid
June 2023 June 2022
Date Declared $000's Date Declared $000's
Dividend to HGH 22 August 2022 30,000 21 February 2022 35,500
Dividend to HGH 28 February 2023 30,000
Total dividends paid 60,000 35,500
P. 33
16 Other reserves
Defined Cash flow
Fair Value Benefit Hedge
$000's Reserve Reserve Reserve Total
June 2023
Balance as at 30 June 2022 (1,034) - 7,446 6,412
Movements attributable to fair value hedges (779) - - (779)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - 9,682 9,682
Income tax effect 246 - (2,418) (2,172)
Balance as at 30 June 2023 (1,567) - 14,710 13,143
June 2022
Balance as at 30 June 2021 (322) 171 906 755
Movements attributable to fair value hedges (1,301) - - (1,301)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges - - 9,395 9,395
Movement in defined benefit reserve - (171) - (171)
Income tax effect 589 - (2,855) (2,266)
Balance as at 30 June 2022 (1,034) - 7,446 6,412
Fair value reserve
Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of
tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.
Defined benefit reserve
Includes predetermined retirement benefits calculated for employees of a historical amalgamated entity which was wound up
during the prior financial year.
Cash flow hedge reserve
This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging instruments, net
of tax.
17 Other balance sheet items
Policy
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any). Depreciation is
calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over its expected life to its estimated
residual value.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Other assets
Trade receivables 381 -
GST receivables 275 1,506
Prepayments 4,280 4,697
Property, plant and equipment
1
13,993 6,960
Other receivables 668 175
Total other assets 19,597 13,338
1
Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million acquired during the year.
P. 34
17 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Policy
Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives
Software acquired or internally developed by the Banking Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic value of
that asset. Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing software are capitalised when specific
criteria are met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems
after implementation are not capitalised. Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost
over the assets’ estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software varies up to ten years.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Banking Group the right to access the cloud provider’s application
software over the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software, along with ongoing fees for
accessing the cloud provider's application, are recognised as operating expenses when the services are received.
Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional capability to, existing
on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and recognition criteria.
The Banking Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software within specific
cloud computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Banking Group considers that it would benefit from those costs to
implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements. However, such
capitalisation occurs only if the activities result in creating an intangible asset that the Banking Group has control over and meets
the necessary recognition criteria. Costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as
incurred unless they are paid to the suppliers (or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly
customise the cloud-based software for the Banking Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Banking Group’s right to
receive access to the supplier’s cloud-based software). In the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for
services and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Banking Group’s interest in the fair
value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject to amortisation and is tested
for impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Computer software
Software - cost 46,714 43,482
Software under development 26,664 11,295
Accumulated amortisation 31,542 26,158
Net carrying value of computer software 41,836 28,619
Goodwill
Cost 29,799 29,799
Net carrying value of goodwill 29,799 29,799
Total intangible assets 71,635 58,418
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit (CGU) is the
smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. The Banking Group has assessed that goodwill
should be allocated to Heartland Bank Limited as the smallest identifiable CGU.
P. 35
17 Other balance sheet items (continued)
The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a value in use basis using a discounted cash flow methodology. The
model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the board and extended out based on long term
growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0% (2022: 2.0%) and
a discount rate of 10.0% (2022: 10.0%) was applied which reflect both past experience and external sources of information. The
goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as
growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.
There was no indication of impairment and no impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill
for the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).
Policy
Employee benefits
Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by calculating the probable
future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to defined contribution superannuation
schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Trade and other payables
Trade payables 12,439 13,329
Insurance liability 915 1,840
Employee benefits 6,158 5,810
Other tax payables 3,829 1,132
Collateral received on derivatives
1
27,609 32,341
Total trade and other payables 50,950 54,452
1
The Banking Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents.
Policy
Leases
The Banking Group leases office space and car parks. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have extension
options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option are
considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the Banking Group's
incremental borrowing rate (IBR). Carrying amounts are remeasured only upon reassessments and lease modifications.
Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Banking Group’s depreciation policy for that asset class.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Right of use assets
Balance at beginning of year 13,660 15,654
Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income statement (2,150) (2,122)
Additions to right of use assets - 128
Total right of use assets 11,510 13,660
Lease liability
Current 2,357 3,181
Non-current 11,121 12,545
Total lease liability 13,478 15,726
Interest expense relating to lease liability 434 470
P. 36
18 Related party transactions and balances
Policy
A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:
a) A person or a close member of that person's family if that person:
i) has control or joint control over the Bank;
ii) has significant influence over the Bank; or
iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Bank.
b) An entity is related to the Bank if any of the following conditions applies:
i) The entity and the Bank are members of the same group;
ii) One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;
iii) Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
iv) One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
v) The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity or an entity
related to the bank;
vi) The entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and
vii) A person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of
q the entity (or of a parent of the entity).
(a) Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing
and controlling the activities of HGH and HBL. This includes all executive staff and Directors.
KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Bank in the ordinary course of business. The terms and
conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Bank are comparable to transactions with other
employees and do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
All other transactions with KMPs and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on commercial terms
and conditions.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Transactions with key management personnel
Interest income 123 26
Interest expense (43) (24)
Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits (1,441) (2,373)
Short-term employee benefits - HGH parent (6,642) (6,417)
Share-based plan benefit/(expense) 14 (1,915)
Total transactions with key management personnel (7,989) (10,703)
Due from/(to) key management personnel
Lending 4,428 229
Borrowings - deposits (855) (508)
Total due from/(to) key management personnel 3,573 (279)
P. 37
18 Related party transactions and balances (continued)
(b) Transactions with related parties
The Banking Group's ultimate parent company is HGH.
The Bank has regular transactions with its ultimate parent company, fellow subsidiaries and subsidiaries (collectively known as the
Heartland Group) on agreed terms. The transactions include the provision of tax and administrative services and customer
operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Banking Group entities on normal commercial terms as with other
customers. There is no lending from the Banking Group to HGH.
Related party transactions between the Banking Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of the
Banking Group are as follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH)
Interest expense 122 68
Deposits/(withdrawals) (4,754) (31,500)
Dividends paid to HGH 60,000 35,500
Management fees paid to HGH 11,013 8,327
Management fees received from HGH 4,596 2,164
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF)
Management fees paid to ASF
5 -
Management fees received from ASF
4,517 2,752
Heartland Trust (HT)
Unclaimed monies paid to HT
20 -
Payment to HT for providing goods and services
10 -
(c) Due from/to related parties
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Due from
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited
- 1,540
Total due from related parties - 1,540
Due to
Heartland Group Holdings Limited
6,956 1,535
Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited
217 -
Total due to related parties 7,173 1,535
(d) Other balances with related parties
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Retail deposits owing to HGH 4 4,636
P. 38
19 Fair value
Policy
Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date.
On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless there is
observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.
The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or
dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Banking Group determines fair value using other valuation
techniques.
The Banking Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the inputs
used in measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that
is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).
Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The Banking Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period during
which the change has occurred.
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and liability measured
at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.
The Banking Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes including
Level 3 fair values. The Banking Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments
in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged to measure fair values, the Banking
Group assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion of these valuations. All significant
valuations are reported to the Banking Group's Board Audit Committee for approval prior to its adoption in the financial
statements.
Investments in debt securities
Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI with the fair value being based on quoted market
prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).
Refer to Note - 10 Investments for more details.
Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes for
similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.
Investments in equity securities
Investments in equity securities are classified at FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Banking Group to measure at
FVOCI. Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable are measured under
Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation. Investments in unlisted equity
securities are measured under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with the fair value being based on unobservable inputs using
market accepted valuation techniques. Where appropriate, the Banking Group may apply adjustments to the above-mentioned
techniques to determine fair value of an equity security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments are reflective
of market participant considerations in valuing the said security.
P. 39
19 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ IFRS 9). NZ IFRS 4
Insurance contracts (NZ IFRS 4) requires entities to account for insurance components of lifetime mortgage contracts. The review
of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the terms and conditions of these loan contracts do not contain a
component of significant insurance risk, therefore they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments classified at
FVTPL under NZ IFRS. Application of NZ IFRS 17 going forward will have a policy choice to continue applying NZ IFRS 9 for these
instruments.
On initial recognition the Banking Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis that
no reliable fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably measured using other
valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.
For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Banking Group considered whether the fair value can be determined by
reference to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has concluded
relevant support is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Banking Group has used an actuarial
valuation to determine a proxy for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk and expectations of the portfolio
performance. The actuarial valuation includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care, voluntary exits, house price
changes, interest rate margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly subjective and a wide range of plausible values
are possible. The estimate provides an indication of whether the transaction value is overstated.
The Banking Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on initial
recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2022: nil). Fair value is not
sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given conservative origination loan-
to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined with a material increase in interest rates
over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any potential impact to fair value.
The Banking Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an on-
going basis.
Derivative financial instruments
Interest rate contracts are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are determined from observable market
prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as appropriate (Level 2 under the fair value
hierarchy).
The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value
hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values recognised in the
consolidated statement of financial position.
P. 40
19 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
$000's Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 2023
Assets
Investments 315,192 - 1,819 317,011
Derivative financial instruments - 36,982 - 36,982
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 888,600 888,600
Total financial assets measured at fair value 315,192 36,982 890,419 1,242,593
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 7,624 - 7,624
June 2022
Assets
Investments 271,790 - 1,503 273,293
Derivative financial instruments - 44,487 - 44,487
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - - 721,264 721,264
Total financial assets measured at fair value 271,790 44,487 722,767 1,039,044
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments - 6,335 - 6,335
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value - 6,335 - 6,335
There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil).
The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:
Finance Receivables
$000's
- Reverse Mortgage Investments Total
June 2023
As at 30 June 2022
721,264 1,503 722,767
New loans
193,845 - 193,845
Repayments
(96,753) - (96,753)
Capitalised Interest and fees
70,168 - 70,168
Purchase of investments
- 316 316
Other
76 - 76
As at 30 June 2023 888,600 1,819 890,419
June 2022
As at 30 June 2021
601,505 1,818 603,323
New loans
162,166 - 162,166
Repayments
(83,629) - (83,629)
Capitalised Interest and fees
41,864 - 41,864
Fair value (loss) on investment
- (315) (315)
Other
(642) - (642)
As at 30 June 2022 721,264 1,503 722,767
P. 41
19 Fair value (continued)
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following assets and liabilities of the Banking Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial
position.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to their fair value due
to their short term nature.
Investments
Investments not measured at fair value include bank deposits and are measured using the effective interest rate method. They
are held to support the Banking Group’s contractual cash flows rather than selling prior to contractual maturity to realise changes
in fair value.
Finance receivables
The fair value of the Banking Group's finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the Banking
Group's current weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.
The current weighted average lending rate used to fair value finance receivables with a fixed interest rate was 10.25% (2022:
7.77%). Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of credit
provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future losses.
Borrowings
The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is based on the
current market interest rates payable by the Banking Group for debt of similar maturities. The average current market rate used
to fair value other borrowings was 6.66% (2022: 3.57%).
Due to and from related parties
The fair value of amounts due to and from related parties is considered equivalent to their carrying value due to their short term
nature.
P. 42
19 Fair value (continued)
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value (continued)
Other financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair value of financial instruments such as short-term trade receivables and payables is considered equivalent to their carrying
value due to their short-term nature.
The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not approximate fair
value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair value hierarchy.
June 2023 June 2022
Total Total
Fair Value Total Fair Carrying Fair Value Total Fair Carrying
$000's Hierarchy Value Value Hierarchy Value Value
Assets
Investments Level 2 - - Level 2 2,418 2,421
Finance receivables Level 3 3,700,196 3,954,800 Level 3 3,701,694 3,762,231
Total financial assets 3,700,196 3,954,800 3,704,112 3,764,652
Liabilities
Deposits Level 2 4,130,330 4,131,029 Level 2 3,595,554 3,597,144
Other borrowings Level 2 615,061 615,126 Level 2 749,478 749,478
Total financial liabilities 4,745,391 4,746,155 4,345,032 4,346,622
P. 43
19 Fair value (continued)
(c) Classification of financial instruments
The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value of all financial instruments of the
Banking Group:
FVOCI Total
Debt Amortised Carrying
$000's Securities FVTPL Cost Value
June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 216,044 216,044
Investments 315,192 1,819 - 317,011
Finance receivables - - 3,954,800 3,954,800
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - 888,600 - 888,600
Derivative financial instruments - 36,982 - 36,982
Other financial assets - - 1,050 1,050
Total financial assets 315,192 927,401 4,171,894 5,414,487
Liabilities
Deposits - - 4,131,029 4,131,029
Other borrowings - - 615,126 615,126
Derivative financial instruments - 7,624 - 7,624
Due to related parties - - 7,173 7,173
Other financial liabilities - - 40,963 40,963
Total financial liabilities - 7,624 4,794,291 4,801,915
June 2022
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 221,469 221,469
Investments 271,790 1,503 2,421 275,714
Finance receivables - - 3,762,231 3,762,231
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages - 721,264 - 721,264
Derivative financial instruments - 44,487 - 44,487
Due from related parties - - 1,540 1,540
Other financial assets - - 175 175
Total financial assets 271,790 767,254 3,987,836 5,026,880
Liabilities
Deposits - - 3,597,144 3,597,144
Other borrowings - - 749,478 749,478
Derivative financial instruments - 6,335 - 6,335
Due to related parties - - 1,535 1,535
Other financial liabilities - - 47,510 47,510
Total financial liabilities - 6,335 4,395,667 4,402,002
P. 44
Risk Management
20 Enterprise risk management program
The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Banking Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains of credit,
capital, liquidity, market (including interest rate), operational and compliance and general business risk. Management is, in turn,
responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies, procedures and information systems are in place to actively manage
these risk domains, as outlined within the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). Collectively, these processes are
known as the Bank's Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).
Role of the Board and the Board Risk Committee
The Board, through its Board Risk Committee (BRC) is responsible for oversight and governance of the development of the RMP.
The role of the BRC is to assist the Board to formulate its risk appetite, and to monitor the effectiveness of the RMP. The BRC has
the following specific responsibilities:
x The Board's Risk Appetite Statement.
x Heartland’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Program (ICAAP) including appropriate stress testing scenarios.
x The effectiveness of the ERMF and internal compliance and risk related policies, including approval or variation of policies,
procedures and standards.
x Respond to changes anticipated in the economic, business and regulatory environment.
x Conduct, culture and customer outcomes, including emerging risks and any areas of concern.
x Credit exposures of the Bank, including the Delegated Lending Authority Policy and Framework.
x New products, including the process for approval of new products.
The BRC consists of three non-executive directors. Two members of the BRC sit on the Board Audit Committee (BAC). In addition,
the HBL CEO, CRO, Head of Internal Audit and the CFO of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (or their nominee, subject to the
Chair’s prior approval) attend the BRC meetings, and the directors who are not members of the BRC are entitled to attend
meetings and to receive copies of the BRC papers.
Board Audit Committee
The BAC focuses on financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk assessment
framework. The BAC monitors the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Banking Group.
This work is supported by Internal Audit, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy and effectiveness of
internal controls. The BAC receives regular reports from Internal Audit.
Charters for both the BRC and the BAC ensure suitable cross representation to allow effective communication pertaining to
identified issues with oversight by the Board. The CRO has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BRC. The Head of
Internal Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chair of the BAC.
Internal Audit
The Banking Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance over the
internal control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice to Management
provided the work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function assists The Banking Group in
accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of ris
k
management, control, and governance processes.
Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and physical
properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.
P. 45
20 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Internal Audit (continued)
A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment, management and
control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business units and operational areas, as
well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed to meet the International Standards for the
Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal Auditors.
Each audit has specific audit procedures tailored to the area of business that is being reviewed. The audit procedures are
updated during each audit to reflect any process changes. Audit work papers are completed to evidence the testing performed in
accordance with the audit procedures.
A schedule of all outstanding internal control issues is maintained and presented to the BAC to assist the BAC to track the
resolution of previously identified issues. Any issues raised that are categorised as high risk are specifically reviewed by Internal
Audit during a follow-up review once the issue is considered closed by management. The follow-up review is performed with a
view to formally close out the issue.
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO)
The ALCO is a group management committee comprising the CEO of HBL, CFO of HGH, CRO of HBL, Head of Retail and Financial
Controller of HBL. The ALCO has responsibility for overseeing aspects of risk management of the Banking Group's financial
position. The ALCO usually meets monthly, and provides reports to HBL Audit and Risk Committees. ALCO's specific
responsibilities include decision making and oversight of risk matters in relation to:
x Market risk covering Foreign exchange risk and Interest rate risk (including non-traded interest rate risk and the investment
of capital).
x Liquidity risk (including funding).
x Balance sheet structure.
x Capital management.
Executive Risk Committee (ERC)
The ERC comprises the CEO of HBL, CRO of HBL, CFO of HGH, Financial Controller of HBL and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has
responsibility for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is consistent with the
Banking Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly and minutes are made available to the BRC. ERC’s specific
responsibilities include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and credit risk.
Climate-related risks
Climate change risks are managed in accordance with the Banking Group’s RMP and supported by the environmental
sustainability framework.
The Banking Group considers the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance (and in this regard, the
Board is currently in the process of establishing a new Board Committee to assist it in managing its climate related risks). While
the effects of climate change represent a source of uncertainty, the Banking Group has concluded that climate-related risks do
not have a material impact on the judgements, assumptions and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2023.
P. 46
20 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Operational and compliance risk
Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day to day operational activities in the execution of the Banking Group's
strategy which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as a result of fraud, human
error, missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from
external events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or
loss of staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.
To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational and compliance
risk, the Banking Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles, responsibilities and
accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:
x The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation of the risks
associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular testing and attestation of the
adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Banking Group's policies.
x The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of the Operational
Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), incident
management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control framework and the
attestation process.
x The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the Banking Group
is managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.
The Banking Group’s exposure to operational and compliance risk is governed by a risk appetite statement approved by the Board
and is used to guide management activities. This statement sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk
limits, which are monitored by the ERC.
Market risk
Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of financial markets
in which the Banking Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Banking Group are interest rate risk and
foreign exchange risk. The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and adversely impact on the
Banking Group’s earnings due to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the case of interest rate risks
mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between customer pricing and
wholesale rates.
P. 47
20 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and / or capital because of a mismatch between the interest rate
exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Banking Group arises from the provision of non-traded retail
banking products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce aggregate interest rate risk (known
as hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:
x Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);
x Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);
x Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or contractually
agreed behaviour (optionality risk); and
x The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low rate environment any fall
in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost cannot be reduced as it is already at
the minimum level (margin compression risk).
Refer to Note 24 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.
Counterparty Credit Risk
The Banking Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:
x Cash and cash equivalents;
x Finance receivables;
x Holding of investment securities; and
x Payments owed to the Banking Group from risk management instruments.
Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on derivative contracts,
bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.
P. 48
21 Credit risk exposure
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated to make.
The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows and increased collection
costs.
Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within acceptable risk
“appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems and controls, underpinned by
commercial judgement as described below.
To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Banking Group's credit risk
exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:
x Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;
x Sector concentrations are monitored;
x Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;
x Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.
The BRC also oversees the Banking Group's credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to risk appetite set
by the Board.
The BRC has authority from the Board for approval of all credit exposures. Lending authority has been provided by the BRC to the
Banking Group's Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed Delegated Lending Authority framework.
Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored through a defined review and hindsight structure as
outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending Authorities are provided to individual officers with due cognisance
of their experience and ability. Larger and higher risk exposures require approval of senior management, the Credit Committee
and ultimately through to the BRC.
The Banking Group employs a credit risk oversight process of hindsighting loans to ensure that credit policies and the quality of
credit processes are maintained.
P. 49
21 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk
Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age. These loans differ
to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to reside in the property. Further,
interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is repayable on termination of the loan. As such,
there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises
from the promise by the Banking Group that the maximum repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the
borrowers' property.
The Banking Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition to
usual criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Banking Group will accept for reverse mortgage
lending, a key aspect of the Banking Group's policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage loan will
dictate the loan-to-value ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination.
Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (BFGS)
In April 2020, the Bank along with other registered banks in New Zealand, entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand
Government to implement the New Zealand Government's Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the Scheme). The purpose of the
Scheme was to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who had been impacted by the economic
effects of COVID-19. The Scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a five-year term. The New Zealand
Government guaranteed 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with the Bank holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded
on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2023 the Bank had a total exposure of $54.8 million (2022: $64.8 million) to its customers under
this Scheme.
Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates
The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking account of any collateral held. The on balance
sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
On balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469
Investments 315,192 274,211
Finance receivables 3,954,800 3,762,231
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 888,600 721,264
Derivative financial assets 36,982 44,487
Due from related parties - 1,540
Other financial assets 1,050 175
Total on balance sheet credit exposures 5,412,668 5,025,377
Off balance sheet:
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969
Undrawn facilities available to customers 310,423 272,735
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791
Total off balance sheet credit exposures 342,674 316,495
Total credit exposures 5,755,342 5,341,872
P. 50
21 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Concentration of credit risk by geographic region
$000's June 2023 June 2022
New Zealand 5,538,346 5,176,026
Australia 1,137 3,520
Rest of the world
1
268,004 212,753
5,807,487 5,392,299
Provision for impairment (52,145) (50,427)
Total credit exposures 5,755,342 5,341,872
1
These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor's) and high quality investment grade securities
issued by offshore supranational agencies ("Kauri Bonds").
Concentration of credit risk by industry sector
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for categorising
customer and investee industry sectors.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Agriculture 781,065 747,618
Forestry and fishing 130,055 148,797
Mining 8,266 12,524
Manufacturing 80,729 78,432
Finance and insurance 722,404 685,938
Wholesale trade 46,053 41,986
Retail trade and accommodation 402,146 423,975
Households 2,432,860 2,134,097
Other business services 198,377 189,860
Construction 336,333 291,971
Rental, hiring and real estate services 205,079 199,388
Transport and storage 359,865 323,732
Other 104,255 113,981
5,807,487 5,392,299
Provision for impairment (52,145) (50,427)
Total credit exposures 5,755,342 5,341,872
Credit exposures to connected persons
The Banking Group's methodology for calculating credit exposure concentrations is on the basis of actual credit exposures and
calculated on a gross basis (net of individual credit impairment allowances and excluding advances of a capital nature) in
accordance with the Bank's conditions of registration and the Reserve Bank's Connected Exposures Policy (BS8). Peak end-of-day
credit exposures to non-bank connected persons are calculated using the Banking Group’s Tier 1 capital at the end of the
reporting period.
P. 51
21 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Credit exposures to connected persons (continued)
In accordance with its conditions of registration, the Banking Group's aggregate credit exposures to all connected persons must
not exceed its rating contingent limit of 15% of tier one capital. Within the overall rating contingent limit, there is a sub-limit of
15% of tier one capital which applies to the aggregate credit exposures to non-bank connected persons. There have been no
rating-contingent limit changes during the accounting period.
Peak End-of-Day for
As at June 2023 Year Ended June 2023
Credit exposures to connected persons ($000's) - 2,660
As a percentage of Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group at end of the year (%) 0.00% 0.44%
Credit exposures to non-bank connected persons ($000's) - 2,660
As a percentage of Tier 1 capital of the Banking Group at end of the year (%) 0.00% 0.44%
As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group had no aggregate contingent exposures to connected persons arising from risk lay-off
arrangements in respect of credit exposures to counterparties (excluding counterparties that are connected persons). The
aggregate amount of the Banking Group's individual credit provisions provided against credit exposure to connected persons was
nil at 30 June 2023.
Credit exposure to individual counterparties
The Banking Group’s aggregate concentration of credit exposure to individual counterparties is calculated based on the actual
credit exposure. Credit exposures to connected persons, the central government or central bank of any country with a long term
credit rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent, and any supranational or quasi-sovereign agency with a long-term credit
rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent are excluded.
The peak end-of-day aggregate concentration of credit exposure to individual counterparties has been calculated by determining
the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of credit exposure over the relevant six-month period and then dividing the amount
by the Banking Group’s common equity tier one capital as 30 June 2023.
Number of Exposures
Number of Exposures Peak End-of-Day over
As at June 2023
6 Months to June 2023
Exposures to banks
With a long-term credit rating of A- or A3 or above, or its equivalent:
10% to less than 15% of CET1 capital - -
15% to less than 20% of CET1 capital 1 2
20% to less than 25% of CET1 capital 1 1
25% to less than 30% of CET1 capital - -
With a long-term credit rating of at least BBB- or Baa3, or its equivalent, and at
most BBB+ or Baa1, or its equivalent
- -
Exposures to non-banks
Total number of exposures to non-banks that are greater than 10% to less than
15% of CET1 capital that do not have a long-term credit rating.
1 1
P. 52
21 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Collateral held
The Banking Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the acceptability of
specific classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance receivables and enforced in satisfying
the debt in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Banking
Group’s lending portfolios is outlined below.
Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans
Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s primary
residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are secured by a residential
mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.
Corporate lending
Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific security agreement
over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security agreement to provide the ability to control
cash flows.
Other lending
Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and other shorter
term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.
The Banking Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.
Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:
Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%
Partially secured 1% - 99.9%
Unsecured No security held
The Banking Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held:
Corporate Residential All Other
June 2023
Fully Secured 91% 100% 73%
Partially Secured 4% - 12%
Unsecured 5% - 15%
Total 100% 100% 100%
June 2022
Fully Secured 92% 100% 71%
Partially Secured 6% - 14%
Unsecured 2% - 15%
Total 100% 100% 100%
P. 53
22 Asset quality
The disclosures in this note are categorised by the following credit risk concentrations:
Corporate Business lending including rural lending.
Residential Lending secured by a first ranking mortgage over a residential property used primarily for residential purposes
either by the mortgagor or a tenant of the mortgagor
.
All Other This relates primarily to consumer lending to individuals.
Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related allowances
for ECL are not material to the Banking Group.
(a) Past due but not individually impaired
$000's Corporate Residential All Other Total
June 2023
Less than 30 days past due 4,515 151 4,685 9,351
At least 30 but less than 60 days past due 31,739 - 12,358 44,097
At least 60 but less than 90 days past due 6,514 300 4,543 11,357
At least 90 days past due 35,775 401 36,162 72,338
Total past due but not individually impaired 78,543 852 57,748 137,143
June 2022
Less than 30 days past due 4,147 171 3,249 7,567
At least 30 but less than 60 days past due 15,320 263 10,751 26,334
At least 60 but less than 90 days past due 4,621 85 5,071 9,777
At least 90 days past due 15,276 131 25,872 41,279
Total past due but not individually impaired 39,364 650 44,943 84,957
(b) Credit risk grading
The Banking Group's finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular
assessment of their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental portfolio).
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages have no arrears characteristics and are assessed on origination against a pre-determined
criteria.
The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working relationship with
the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and smaller business receivables.
Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt servicing ability.
Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism where grade 1 is the
strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable. Behavioural loans are managed based on
their arrears status.
P. 54
22 Asset quality (continued)
(b) Credit risk grading (continued)
All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (refer to Note 22 – Asset quality (c))
which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a
minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime expected credit losses.
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 25 - - - 25
Grade 2 - Strong 3,658 - - - 3,658
Grade 3 - Sound 41,887 477 - - 42,364
Grade 4 - Adequate 637,993 9,975 3,477 - 651,445
Grade 5 - Acceptable 1,016,113 5,492 602 - 1,022,207
Grade 6 - Monitor - 64,946 6,763 - 71,709
Grade 7 - Substandard - 76,955 13,725 - 90,680
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 51,284 51,284
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 1,671 1,671
Total Judgemental portfolio 1,699,676 157,845 24,567 52,955 1,935,043
Total Behavioural portfolio 1,990,888 24,335 56,679 - 2,071,902
Gross finance receivables 3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945
Provision for impairment (12,250) (2,444) (21,320) (16,131) (52,145)
Total finance receivables 3,678,314 179,736 59,926 36,824 3,954,800
Undrawn facilities available to customers 57,471 77,150 123,248 - 257,869
June 2022
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong 26 - - - 26
Grade 2 - Strong 10,859 - - - 10,859
Grade 3 - Sound 53,756 - - - 53,756
Grade 4 - Adequate 697,590 5,382 1,052 - 704,024
Grade 5 - Acceptable 994,079 1,823 53 - 995,955
Grade 6 - Monitor - 25,106 2,308 - 27,414
Grade 7 - Substandard - 64,203 4,727 - 68,930
Grade 8 - Doubtful - - - 62,672 62,672
Grade 9 - At risk of loss - - - 3,511 3,511
Total Judgemental portfolio 1,756,310 96,514 8,140 66,183 1,927,147
Total Behavioural portfolio 1,827,025 21,001 37,485 - 1,885,511
Gross finance receivables 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658
Provision for impairment (19,201) (1,863) (14,362) (15,001) (50,427)
Total finance receivables 3,564,134 115,652 31,263 51,182 3,762,231
Undrawn facilities available to customers 52,949 73,175 110,495 - 236,619
P. 55
22 Asset quality (continued)
(c) Provision for impairment
Policy
Impairment of finance receivables
At each reporting date, the Banking Group applies a three stage approach to measuring ECL to finance receivables not carried at
fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.
Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more events associated
with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where such evidence exists, the exposure is
assessed on an individual basis.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk
characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to maturity, customer type and
other relevant factors.
The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are actually incurred. On
initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible in the next 12 months.
Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:
Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)
Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are not credit impaired
upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the next 12
months is recognised.
Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)
Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)
Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.
Credit quality of financial assets
The Banking Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of default of
the lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Banking Group has defined
counterparty probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.
The Banking Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due, or when it is
considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Banking Group will be paid in full without recourse to actions, such as
realisation of security.
Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable expectation of
recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment expense in profit or loss.
In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of economic conditions at
the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Banking Group considers its historical loss experience and adjusts
this for current observable data. In addition to this the Banking Group uses reasonable and supportable forecasts of future
economic conditions including experienced judgement to estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic
conditions consider macroeconomic factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and
requires an evaluation of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions
including any forecasts of future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking information
increases the level of judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the ECL.
The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either new or too small to
model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.
P. 56
22 Asset quality (continued)
Policy (continued)
Credit quality of financial assets (continued)
For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference between the
defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected future cash flows, including cash
flows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).
Modification of contractual cash flows
The Banking Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial re-negotiations, or for
distressed loans, with a view to maximising recovery.
Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment forgiveness.
Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that
payment will most likely continue.
These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to term loans.
The Banking Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historic credit experience of those
portfolios. The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time. If the Banking Group forecasts that economic
conditions may change in the foreseeable future, the Banking Group applies judgement to determine whether the modelled
output should be subject to an economic overlay. Judgement is required to establish clear correlation between key economic
indicators and the credit performance of the Banking Group’s unique portfolios.
The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL of $15.1 million at
30 June 2023 (2022: $9.5 million). There are fewer judgements on the other remaining lending portfolios.
The motor vehicle lending impairment allowance is sensitive to changes in the level of unemployment. The modelled provision for
motor vehicle lending is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of unemployment across all three
scenarios uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts.
The forecast assumes the following for unemployment for all three scenarios:
2024 2025 2026
Upside 4.00% 4.80% 4.40%
Central 4.60% 5.20% 5.00%
Downside 5.96% 6.13% 5.70%
The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood. The following
table indicates the weightings applied by the Banking Group as at 30 June 2023:
Upside 15%
Central 50%
Downside 35%
The following sensitivity table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the
impairment allowance for motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the three scenarios with all
other assumptions held constant.
Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $15.1 million
100% Upside $9.7 million
100% Central $12.4 million
100% Downside $21.2 million
P. 57
22 Asset quality (continued)
(c) Provision for impairment (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Corporate
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,353 901 4,941 15,001 40,196
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(7,738) (1,940) 1,346 8,332 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(526) 2,376 4,653 4,701 11,204
Credit impairment charge (8,264) 436 5,999 13,033 11,204
Write-offs - - (2,410) (11,903) (14,313)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 11,089 1,337 8,530 16,131 37,087
Residential
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 115 - - - 115
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
- - - - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
12 - - - 12
Credit impairment charge 12 - - - 12
Write-offs - - - - -
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 127 - - - 127
All Other
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 (267) 966 9,417 - 10,116
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(459) (1,883) 2,342 - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
1,760 2,028 9,786 - 13,574
Credit impairment charge 1,301 145 12,128 - 13,574
Write-offs - - (8,759) - (8,759)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 1,034 1,111 12,786 - 14,931
Total
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,201 1,863 14,362 15,001 50,427
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(8,197) (3,823) 3,688 8,332 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
1,246 4,404 14,439 4,701 24,790
Credit impairment charge (6,951) 581 18,127 13,033 24,790
Write-offs - - (11,169) (11,903) (23,072)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2023 12,250 2,444 21,320 16,131 52,145
1
The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the
higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision
(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
P. 58
22 Asset quality (continued)
(c) Provision for impairment (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2022
Corporate
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021
16,586 1,218 4,844 7,629 30,277
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(3,614) (1,060) (601) 5,275 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
6,381 739 4,164 5,507 16,791
Credit impairment charge 2,767 (321) 3,563 10,782 16,791
Write-offs
- - (3,462) (3,410) (6,872)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,353 897 4,945 15,001 40,196
Residential
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021
88 - - - 88
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
- - - - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
27 - - - 27
Credit impairment charge 27 - - - 27
Write-offs
- - - - -
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 115 - - - 115
All Other
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021
7,758 1,138 11,787 - 20,683
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(192) (1,440) 1,632 - -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(7,833) 1,268 7,194 - 629
Credit impairment charge (8,025) (172) 8,826 - 629
Write-offs
- - (11,196) - (11,196)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 (267) 966 9,417 - 10,116
Total
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2021
24,432 2,356 16,631 7,629 51,048
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(3,806) (2,500) 1,031 5,275 -
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
(1,425) 2,007 11,358 5,507 17,447
Credit impairment charge (5,231) (493) 12,389 10,782 17,447
Write-offs
- - (14,658) (3,410) (18,068)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2022 19,201 1,863 14,362 15,001 50,427
1
The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in the
higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased provision
(net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
P. 59
22 Asset quality (continued)
(d) Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2023
Corporate
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 2,289,350 99,514 21,306 66,183 2,476,353
Transfer between stages (180,762) 139,860 29,179 11,723 -
Additions 711,378 - - 9,326 720,704
Deletions (509,932) (80,418) (2,685) (15,194) (608,229)
Write-offs - - (3,091) (19,083) (22,174)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 2,310,034 158,956 44,709 52,955 2,566,654
Residential
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 285,844 - - - 285,844
Transfer between stages - - - - -
Additions 42,721 - - - 42,721
Deletions (6,079) - - - (6,079)
Write-offs - - - - -
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 322,486 - - - 322,486
All Other
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 1,008,141 18,001 24,319 - 1,050,461
Transfer between stages (56,358) 21,943 34,415 - -
Additions 642,266 - - - 642,266
Deletions (536,005) (16,720) (14,046) - (566,771)
Write-offs - - (8,151) - (8,151)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 1,058,044 23,224 36,537 - 1,117,805
Total
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658
Transfer between stages (237,120) 161,803 63,594 11,723 -
Additions 1,396,365 - - 9,326 1,405,691
Deletions (1,052,016) (97,138) (16,731) (15,194) (1,181,079)
Write-offs - - (11,242) (19,083) (30,325)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2023 3,690,564 182,180 81,246 52,955 4,006,945
P. 60
22 Asset quality (continued)
(d) Impact of changes in gross finance receivables held at amortised cost on allowance for ECL (continued)
Collectively Assessed Individually
$000's Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Assessed Total
June 2022
Corporate
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 1,897,900 158,218 27,565 38,143 2,121,826
Transfer between stages (72,300) 13,380 3,526 55,394 -
Additions 1,326,598 - - 3,002 1,329,600
Deletions (862,848) (72,084) (7,191) (26,946) (969,069)
Write-offs - - (2,594) (3,410) (6,004)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 2,289,350 99,514 21,306 66,183 2,476,353
Residential
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 62,534 - - - 62,534
Transfer between stages - - - - -
Additions 242,672 - - - 242,672
Deletions (19,362) - - - (19,362)
Write-offs - - - - -
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 285,844 - - - 285,844
All Other
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 1,056,137 6,510 17,634 - 1,080,281
Transfer between stages (36,751) 11,491 25,260 - -
Additions 489,911 - - - 489,911
Deletions (501,156) - (6,150) - (507,306)
Write-offs - - (12,425) - (12,425)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 1,008,141 18,001 24,319 - 1,050,461
Total
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2021 3,016,571 164,728 45,199 38,143 3,264,641
Transfer between stages (109,051) 24,871 28,786 55,394 -
Additions 2,059,181 - - 3,002 2,062,183
Deletions (1,383,366) (72,084) (13,341) (26,946) (1,495,737)
Write-offs - - (15,019) (3,410) (18,429)
Gross finance receivables as at 30 June 2022 3,583,335 117,515 45,625 66,183 3,812,658
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances - Corporate exposures
Overall credit impairment provisions for corporate exposures decreased by $3.1 million (7.7%) for the year ended 30 June 2023,
mainly due to increase in the corporate exposure portfolio of $90.3 million (3.6%) which was partially offset by the release of
provisions previously held against assets written off during the year.
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances – All other exposures
Overall credit impairment provisions for All other exposures increased by $4.8 million (47.6%) for the year ended 30 June 2023,
mainly due to increase in the All other portfolio of $67.4 million (6.4%) and movement of exposures into more advanced stages.
This is offset by reduction in loss given default from more effective arrears management.
(e) Other asset quality information
As at 30 June 2023 there were nil undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom drawn balances are
classified as individually impaired (2022: $0.003 million). As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group had $0.349 million assets under
administration (2022: $1.015 million).
As at 30 June 2023, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are still subject to
enforcement activity was nil (2022:nil).
P. 61
23 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Banking Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing mismatch of
cash flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations is closely monitored by the Banking Group.
Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Banking Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient cash in
a timely manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.
The Banking Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the ALCO. This
policy sets out the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the ALCO must observe. Within this, the
objective of the ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Banking Group in terms of a mix of assets and liabilities
given its expectations of future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The ALCO employs asset and liability cash
flow modelling to determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.
Reserve Bank of New Zealand facilities
In March 2020, the Bank was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master Repo
Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Banking Group if required.
The Banking Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity risk:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 216,044 221,469
Investments 315,192 274,211
Total liquid assets 531,236 495,680
Undrawn committed bank facilities 172,946 132,221
Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding 704,182 627,901
P. 62
23 Liquidity risk (continued)
Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities
The following tables present the Banking Group's financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual
maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash flows. As a result,
the amounts in the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the consolidated statement of financial position.
The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result of future
actions by the Banking Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and borrowings.
Deposits and other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts, which are at call. These
accounts provide a stable source of long term funding for the Banking Group.
On 0-6 6-12 1-2 2-5 5+
$000's Demand Months Months Years Years Years Total
June 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 782,775 2,313,983 1,015,525 62,618 42,186 - 4,217,087
Other borrowings - 184,397 138,217 237,138 22,551 136,274 718,577
Due to related parties - 7,173 - - - - 7,173
Lease liabilities - 1,356 1,368 2,643 6,615 2,731 14,713
Other financial liabilities - 40,963 - - - - 40,963
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 782,775 2,547,872 1,155,110 302,399 71,352 139,005 4,998,513
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 3,583 3,552 4,799 13,469 - 25,403
Outflows from derivatives - 6,644 6,796 5,773 13,125 - 32,338
Total derivative financial liabilities - 3,061 3,244 974 (344) - 6,935
Undrawn facilities available to customers 310,423 - - - - - 310,423
June 2022
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits 892,612 2,028,225 561,468 103,192 41,655 - 3,627,152
Other borrowings - 368,926 7,251 397,859 - - 774,036
Due to related parties - 1,535 - - - - 1,535
Lease liabilities - 1,282 1,292 2,615 6,985 4,911 17,085
Other financial liabilities - 47,510 - - - - 47,510
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 892,612 2,447,478 570,011 503,666 48,640 4,911 4,467,318
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives - 5,007 1,759 3,505 813 - 11,084
Outflows from derivatives - 3,893 3,227 6,621 839 - 14,580
Total derivative financial liabilities - (1,114) 1,468 3,116 26 - 3,496
Undrawn facilities available to customers 272,735 - - - - - 272,735
P. 63
24 Interest rate risk
The Banking Group's market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds through
the retail and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank funding, securitisation
of receivables, and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in New Zealand and Australia.
The Banking Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the ALCO. This
policy sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the ALCO must conform to this. The objective
of the ALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Banking Group in terms of the mix of assets and liabilities given its
expectations of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements, liquidity constraints and capital
adequacy.
The objective of the Banking Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The
measurement comprises net interest income the Banking Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest bearing
liabilities.
The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities
and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity premiums, as well as appropriate
lending credit margins.
An analysis of the Banking Group’s sensitivity to an increase (+) or decrease (-) in market interest rates by 100 basis points (BP) is
as follows. An (+)/(-) to market interest rates of 100 BP would result in a $0.2 million (+)/(-) to NPAT (2022: $0.7 million (+)/(-))
with a corresponding impact to equity.
The Banking Group also manages interest rate risk by:
x Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;
x Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and
x Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.
P. 64
24 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis
The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity or next
repricing date, whichever is earlier.
Non-
0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest
$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total
June 2023
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 216,040 - - - - 4 216,044
Investments 29,828 24,963 37,767 55,460 167,174 1,819 317,011
Derivative financial assets - - - - - 36,982 36,982
Finance receivables 1,675,775 302,005 520,923 766,532 689,565 - 3,954,800
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 888,600 - - - - - 888,600
Other financial assets - - - - - 1,050 1,050
Total financial assets 2,810,243 326,968 558,690 821,992 856,739 39,855 5,414,487
Financial liabilities
Deposits 2,259,258 795,536 962,205 59,026 35,216 19,788 4,131,029
Other borrowings 345,859 49,598 121,195 - 98,474 - 615,126
Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 7,624 7,624
Due to related parties - - - - - 7,173 7,173
Lease liabilities - - - - - 13,478 13,478
Other financial liabilities - - - - - 40,963 40,963
Total financial liabilities 2,605,117 845,134 1,083,400 59,026 133,690 89,026 4,815,393
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
1,084,971 (66,798) (41,181) (556,676) (420,316) - -
Net financial assets/(liabilities) 1,290,097 (584,964) (565,891) 206,290 302,733 (49,171) 599,094
P. 65
24 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis (continued)
Non-
0-3 3-6 6-12 1-2 2+ Interest
$000's Months Months Months Years Years Bearing Total
June 2022
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 221,460 - - - - 9 221,469
Investments 1,568 854 51,144 91,974 128,672 1,502 275,714
Derivative financial assets - - - - - 44,487 44,487
Finance receivables 1,736,646 185,858 334,715 576,037 928,975 - 3,762,231
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages 721,264 - - - - - 721,264
Due from related parties - - - - - 1,540 1,540
Other financial assets - - - - - 175 175
Total financial assets 2,680,938 186,712 385,859 668,011 1,057,647 47,713 5,026,880
Financial liabilities
Deposits 2,201,740 684,378 546,718 99,196 38,325 26,787 3,597,144
Other borrowings 548,488 78,911 - 121,191 - 888 749,478
Derivative financial liabilities - - - - - 6,335 6,335
Due to related parties - - - - - 1,535 1,535
Lease liabilities - - - - - 15,726 15,726
Other financial liabilities - - - - - 47,510 47,510
Total financial liabilities 2,750,228 763,289 546,718 220,387 38,325 98,781 4,417,728
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
986,194 (76,349) (127,004) (309,781) (473,060) - -
Net financial assets/(liabilities) 916,904 (652,926) (287,863) 137,843 546,262 (51,068) 609,152
The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and affect profit or
loss.
25 Concentrations of funding
(a) Regulatory liquidity ratios (unaudited)
RBNZ requires banks to hold minimum amounts of liquid assets to help ensure that they are effectively managing their liquidity
risks. The mismatch ratio is a measure of a bank’s liquid assets, adjusted for contractual cash inflows and outflows during a one-
month or one-week period of stress. It is expressed as a ratio over the bank’s total funding. The Banking Group must maintain its
one-month and one-week mismatch ratios above zero on a daily basis. The below one-month and one-week mismatch ratios are
averaged over the quarter.
RBNZ requires banks to hold a minimum amount of funding from stable sources called core funding. The minimum amount of
core funding is 75% of a bank's total loans. The Banking Group must maintain its core funding ratio above the regulatory minimum
on a daily basis. The below measure of the core funding ratio is averaged over the quarter.
Average for the 3 Months
Ended 30 June 2023
Average for the 3 Months
Ended 31 March 2023
One-week mismatch ratio 8.29 8.69
One-month mismatch ratio 7.96 8.42
Core funding ratio 90.32 90.17
P. 66
25 Concentrations of funding (continued)
(b) Concentration of funding by industry
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification codes have been used as the basis for categorising customer
and investee industry sectors.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Agriculture 113,341 113,848
Forestry and fishing 21,944 14,391
Mining 291 1,524
Manufacturing 19,185 18,643
Finance and insurance 1,009,291 960,175
Wholesale trade 7,634 5,854
Retail trade and accommodation 25,136 19,491
Households 3,215,828 2,754,452
Rental, hiring and real estate services 59,720 43,797
Construction 36,868 28,449
Other business services 66,763 66,731
Transport and storage 7,807 4,598
Other 40,182 41,686
Total 4,623,990 4,073,639
Unsubordinated notes 122,165 272,983
Total borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622
(c) Concentration of funding by geographical area
$000's June 2023 June 2022
New Zealand 4,634,937 4,241,026
Overseas 111,218 105,596
Total borrowings 4,746,155 4,346,622
P. 67
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries
Proportion of ownership and
voting power held
Significant Subsidiaries Country of Incorporation
and Place of business
Nature of business
June 2023
June 2022
VPS Properties Limited New Zealand Investment property holding company 100% 100%
Marac Insurance Limited New Zealand Insurance services 100% 100%
27 Structured entities
A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who
controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation or
holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated
where the substance of the relationship is that the Banking Group controls the structured entity.
(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)
The Banking Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in the
Banking Group's deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Deposits 244,258 149,824
(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)
HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.
The Banking Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the consolidated statement of
financial position as the Banking Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and
liabilities. Although the Banking Group recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for
the benefit of investors in HARWT. Other depositors and lenders to the Banking Group have no recourse to those
assets.
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 16,874 20,197
Finance receivables 254,735 312,239
Other borrowings (258,256) (315,308)
P. 68
28 Capital adequacy - unaudited
The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) minimum regulatory capital requirements for banks have been established under the
RBNZ Capital Adequacy Framework, outlined in the "Banking Prudential Requirements" (BPRs) documents. These documents are
based on the international framework developed by the Bank for Internal Settlements Committee on Banking Supervision,
commonly known as Basel III. These requirements define what is acceptable as capital and provide methods for measuring risks
incurred by the banks in New Zealand. Basel III consists of three pillars:
x Pillar One covers the capital requirements for banks for credit, operational, and market risks;
x Pillar Two covers all other material risks not already included in Pillar One; and
x Pillar Three relates to market disclosure.
RBNZ Capital Adequacy Framework
The Banking Group has calculated its Risk Weighted Exposures (RWEs) and minimum regulatory capital requirements in
accordance with the BPR documents. In doing so, the Banking Group has applied the standardised methodology to Risk Weighted
Assets (RWAs) as per BPR 131: Standardised credit RWA’s, standardised operational risk as per BPR150: Standardised Operational
risk, and market risk as per BPR140: Market Risk.
Total regulatory capital is divided into Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital comprises Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital and
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital. Tier 1 capital primarily consists of shareholder's equity and other capital instruments acceptable to
the RBNZ as per BPR110: Capital Definitions, less intangible assets, cash flow hedge reserves, deferred tax assets, and other
prescribed deductions. Tier 2 as per BPR110: Capital Definitions comprises eligible subordinated debt securities.
Regulatory capital adequacy ratios are calculated by expressing capital as a percentage of risk weighted exposures. As a Condition
of Registration, the Bank must comply with the following minimum requirements set by the RBNZ:
x Total capital must not be less than 8% of RWE
x Tier 1 capital must not be less than 6% of RWE
x CET1 capital must not be less than 4.5% of RWE
x Capital must not be less than NZ$30m
In addition, if the Prudential Buffer Ratio (PCR) is less than 2.5%, the Bank must limit aggregate distributions, other than
discretionary payments payable to holders of AT1 capital instruments, to the limits set out within the Banks Conditions of
Registration.
Including the PCR, the Banking Group's minimum total capital requirement is 10.5%. On 5 December 2019 the RBNZ finalised their
revised Capital Framework for banks which were not domestic systematically important banks (non D-SIB). This requires non D-
SIB banks in New Zealand to gradually increase their Total Capital ratio to 16% by July 2028. The Banking Group's Total Capital
ratio is 14.69% as at 30 June 2023. This means the revised Framework requires the Banking Group to increase its Total Capital
ratio by 1.31% over the transitional period.
Capital management
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring the Banking Group has adequate capital in relation to its risk profile and
establishes minimum internal capital levels and limits above the regulatory minimum.
The Banking Group's objectives for the management of capital are to:
x
Comply at all times with the regulatory capital requirements set by the RBNZ;
x Maintain a strong capital base to cover the inherent risks of the business in excess of that required by credit ratings agencies
to maintain a strong credit rating; and
x Support the future development and growth of the business.
The Bank's Capital Management Framework includes its:
x Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP);
x Capital Stress Testing Policy; and
x Capital Management Plan (CMP)
P. 69
28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited
Capital management (continued)
The Banking Group has an ICAAP which complies with the requirements set out in BPR100 and is in accordance with its Conditions
of Registration. The ICAAP identifies the capital required to be held against other material risks, being strategic business risk,
reputational risk, regulatory risk and additional credit risk which is assisted through stress testing conducted in accordance with
the Capital Stress Testing policy.
The Banking Group actively monitors its capital adequacy through ALCO and reports this on a regular basis to the Board. This
includes forecasting capital requirements to ensure any future capital requirements can be executed in a timely manner. The
Banking Group uses a mix of capital instruments to reduce single source reliance and to optimise the Banking Group's mix of
capital. ICAAP, CMP and Capital Stress Testing Policy are reviewed annually by the Board.
The capital adequacy tables set out below summarise the composition of regulatory capital and the capital adequacy ratios for the
Banking group for the year ended 30 June 2023.
(a) Capital
$000's June 2023
Tier 1 Capital
CET1 capital
Paid-up ordinary shares issued by the Banking Group plus related share premium 553,239
Retained earnings (net of appropriations) 162,354
Accumulated other comprehensive income and other disclosed reserves 13,143
Less deductions from CET1 capital
Intangible assets (71,650)
Deferred tax assets (16,760)
Cash flow hedge reserve (14,710)
Total CET1 capital 625,616
AT1 capital -
Total Tier 1 capital 625,616
Tier 2 Capital
Tier 2 capital instrument
1
100,000
Total Tier 2 capital 100,000
Total capital 725,616
1
Classified as a liability under NZ GAAP and excludes capitalised transaction costs.
(b) Capital structure
The following details summarise each instrument included within Total Capital. None of these instruments are subject to phase-
out from eligibility as capital under the RBNZ's Basel III transitional arrangements.
Ordinary shares
In accordance with BPR110, ordinary share capital is classified as CET1 capital. The ordinary shares have no par value. Each
ordinary share of the Bank carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings of shareholders, the right to an equal share in dividends
authorised by the Board and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Bank in the event of
liquidation.
P. 70
28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited
Retained earnings
Retained earnings is the accumulated profit or loss that has been retained in the Banking Group. Retained earnings is classified as
CET1 capital.
Reserves classified as CET1 capital
Fair value reserve The fair value reserve comprises the changes in the fair value of investments, net of tax.
Cash flow hedge reserve The hedging reserve comprises the fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of
designated cash flow hedging instruments.
Tier 2 capital
Subordinated notes
A summary of the key terms and features of the subordinated notes is provided below:
Issuer The Bank
Face value $100 million
Issue date 28 April 2023
Maturity date 28 April 2033
Optional redemption 28 April 2028 and every quarterly interest payment date thereafter
Interest rate Fixed at 7.51% for the first five years, thereafter, resets to quarterly floating rate equal to the
sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% per annum.
Interest payable
The quarterly payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes of the Bank are subject to the Bank being solvent at the
time of, and immediately following the interest payment.
Early redemption
The Bank may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest (if any) on
28 April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for certain tax or regulatory
events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain conditions, including the Bank obtaining
the RBNZ prior written approval and the Bank being solvent at the time.
Ranking
In a liquidation of the Bank, the claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
- Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of the Bank;
- equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the subordinated
notes; and
- ahead of the rights of the Bank's shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of the Bank that rank
behind the subordinated notes.
P. 71
28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited
(c) Credit risk
On balance sheet exposures
Total Exposure Risk
Minimum
After Credit Average Risk Weighted
Pillar 1 Capital
Risk Mitigation Weight Exposure
Requirement
$000's % $000's
$000's
June 2023
Cash
- 0% - -
Sovereigns and central banks
275 0% - -
Multilateral development banks
174,274 0% - -
Multilateral development banks
89,834 20% 17,967 1,437
Banks - Short term - Tier 1
- 20% - -
Banks - Short term - Tier 2
216,044 20% 43,209 3,457
Banks - Short term - Tier 3
- 20% - -
Banks - Long term - Tier 1
- 20% - -
Banks - Long term - Tier 2
41,203 50% 20,601 1,648
Banks - Long term - Tier 3
- 50% - -
Public sector entity (AA- and above)
9,882 20% 1,976 158
Public sector entity (A- and above)
- 50% - -
Public sector entity (BBB+, BBB, BBB-)
- 100% - -
Corporates (AA- and above)
- 20% - -
Corporates (A- and above)
- 50% - -
Corporates (BBB- and above)
- 100% - -
Corporate Exposures - BFGS
41,022 20% 8,204 656
Corporate Exposures- unrated
2,082,338 100% 2,082,338 166,587
Welcome Home Loans - loan to value ratio (LVR) <= 80%
1
1,265 35% 443 35
Welcome Home Loans - loan to value ratio (LVR) <= 90%
1
- 35% - -
Welcome Home Loans - LVR 90% <= 100%
1
- 50% - -
Welcome Home Loans - LVR > 100%
1
- 100% - -
Reverse Residential mortgages <= 60% LVR
879,382 50% 439,691 35,175
Reverse Residential mortgages 60 <= 80% LVR
9,218 80% 7,374 590
Reverse Residential mortgages > 80% LVR
- 100% - -
Reverse Residential mortgages > 100% LVR
- 100% - -
Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan <=80% LVR
318,450 35% 111,458 8,917
Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan 80 <= 90% LVR
- 50% - -
Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan 90 <= 100% LVR
727 75% 545 44
Non Property Investment Mortgage Loan > 100% LVR
- 100% - -
Property Investment Mortgage Loan <= 80% LVR
1,639 40% 655 52
Property Investment Mortgage Loan 80 <= 90% LVR
- 70% - -
Property Investment Mortgage Loan 90 <= 100% LVR
- 90% - -
Property Investment Mortgage Loan > 100% LVR
- 100% - -
Past due residential mortgages
278 100% 278 22
Other past due assets - provision >= 20%
42,398 100% 42,398 3,392
Other past due assets - provision < 20%
37,562 150% 56,344 4,508
Equity holdings
- 300% - -
All other equity holdings
1,804 400% 7,215 577
Fixed Assets
13,027 100% 13,027 1,042
Leased Assets
11,510 100% 11,510 921
Other assets
1,464,284 100% 1,464,284 117,143
Not risk weighted assets
88,410 0% - -
Total on balance sheet exposures 5,524,826 4,329,517 346,361
1
The LVR classification above is calculated in line with the Bank’s Pillar 1 Capital requirement which includes relief for Welcome
Home loans that are guaranteed by the Crown.
P. 72
28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited
(c) Credit risk (continued)
Off balance sheet exposures
Minimum
Credit Credit Risk Pillar 1
Total Conversion Equivalent Risk Weighted Capital
Exposure Factor Amount Weight Exposure Requirement
$000's % $000's % $000's $000's
June 2023
Direct credit substitute 3,897 100% 3,897 100% 3,897 312
Performance-related contingency 3,480 50% 1,740 100% 1,740 139
Other commitments where original maturity is
more than one year
165,874 50% 82,937 100% 82,937 6,635
Other commitments where original maturity is
more than one year
42,393 50% 21,197 35% 7,419 594
Other commitments where original maturity is
less than or equal to one year
73,237 20% 14,647 100% 14,647 1,172
Other commitments where original maturity is
less than or equal to one year
52,554 20% 10,511 50% 5,256 420
Other commitments where original maturity is
less than or equal to one year
1,238 20% 248 35% 87 7
Counterparty credit risk
1
Interest rate contracts 1,653,918 N/A 35,198 34% 11,965 957
FX forward contracts - N/A - 0% - -
Total off balance sheet exposures 1,996,591 170,375 127,948 10,236
Credit valuation adjustment - - 13,969 1,118
Total off balance sheet exposures 1,996,591 170,375 141,917 11,354
1
The credit equivalent amount was calculated using the current exposure method.
(d) Additional mortgage information – LVR range
On Balance Off Balance
Sheet Sheet Total
$000's Exposures Exposures
2
Exposures
June 2023
Does not exceed 80% 1,209,954 94,848 1,304,802
Exceeds 80% and not 90% - - -
Exceeds 90% 1,005 - 1,005
Total exposures 1,210,959 94,848 1,305,807
2
Off balance sheet exposures means unutilised limits.
At 30 June 2023, there were no Welcome Home loans whose credit risk is mitigated by the Crown included in “Exceeds 90%
residential mortgages”. Other loans in the exceeds 90% LVR range is primarily business and rural lending where residential
mortgage security is only a part of the total security. For capital adequacy calculations only the value of the first mortgages over
residential property is included in the LVR calculation, in accordance with BPR131. All new residential mortgages in respect of
non-property investments lending have a loan-to-valuation ratio of less than or equal to 80%.
P. 73
28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited
(e) Reconciliation of mortgage related amounts
$000's Note June 2023
Gross finance receivables - reverse mortgages 19 888,600
Loans and advances - loans with residential mortgages 22d 322,486
On balance sheet residential mortgage exposures subject to the standardised approach 1,211,086
Less: collective provision for impairment 22c (127)
On balance sheet residential mortgage exposures after collective provision 28d 1,210,959
Off balance sheet mortgage exposures subject to the standardised approach 28d 94,848
Total residential exposures subject to the standardised approach 1,305,807
(f) Credit risk mitigation
As at 30 June 2023 the Banking Group had $1.3 million of Welcome Home Loans (2022: $1.6 million), whose credit risk was
mitigated by the Crown. Other than this the Banking Group does not have any exposures covered by eligible collateral,
guarantees and credit derivatives.
(g) Operational risk
Implied Risk Total Operational Risk
$000's Weighted Exposure Capital Requirement
June 2023
Operational risk 300,483 24,039
Operational risk is calculated based on the previous 12 quarters of the Banking Group.
(h) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and impact on the Banking Group’s
earnings due to either mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or differences between
customer pricing and wholesale rates.
Implied Risk Aggregate
$000's
Weighted Exposure Capital Charge
June 2023
Market risk end-of-period capital charge
Equity risk
1,804 144
Interest rate risk 159,466 12,757
Foreign currency risk 48 4
Market risk peak end-of-period capital charge
Equity risk 1,804 144
Interest rate risk 159,466 12,757
Foreign currency risk 223 18
The Banking Group’s aggregate market exposure is derived in accordance with BPR140. Peak end-of-day capital charge disclosure
is derived by taking the highest month end market exposure over the six months ended 30 June 2023. Interest rate risk, foreign
exchange risk and equity risk are calculated monthly using the month end position. The Banking Group has investigated the
impact of daily aggregate market risk exposure. Certain identified system limitations that cause anomalous results are being
addressed so that a satisfactory future daily peak period exposure can be obtained.
P. 74
28 Capital adequacy (continued) - unaudited
(i) Total capital requirement
Risk Weighted Exposure
Total Exposure After or Implied Risk
$000's
Credit Risk Mitigation Weighted Exposure
Total Capital Requirement
June 2023
Total credit risk
On balance sheet 5,524,826 4,329,517 346,361
Off balance sheet 1,996,591 141,917 11,354
Operational risk n/a 300,483 24,039
Market risk n/a 161,318 12,901
Total 7,521,417 4,933,235 394,655
(j) Capital ratios
% June 2023 June 2022
Capital ratios compared to minimum ratio requirements
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio 12.68% 13.49%
Minimum Common Equity Tier 1 Capital as per Conditions of Registration 4.50% 4.50%
Tier 1 capital ratio 12.68% 13.49%
Minimum Tier 1 Capital as per Conditions of Registration 6.00% 6.00%
Total capital ratio 14.71% 13.49%
Minimum Total Capital as per Conditions of Registration 8.00% 8.00%
Buffer ratio 6.68% 5.49%
Buffer trigger ratio 2.50% 2.50%
(k) Solo capital adequacy
% June 2023 June 2022
Capital ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio 12.77% 14.37%
Tier 1 capital ratio 12.77% 14.37%
Total capital ratio 14.93% 14.37%
For the purposes of calculating capital adequacy on a solo basis, subsidiaries which are both wholly owned and wholly funded by
the Bank are to be consolidated with the Bank.
(l) Capital for other material risks
In addition to the material risks included in the calculation of the capital ratios, the Banking Group has identified other material
risks to be included in the capital allocation (being strategic risk, business risk, regulatory and additional credit risk). As at 30 June
2023, the Banking Group has made an internal capital allocation of $20.01 million to cover these risks (2022: $8.4 million).
P. 75
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities
Securitisation
As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group had $254.74 million securitised assets (2022: $312.24 million).
There have been no material changes to the Banking Group's involvement in the securitisation activities.
Funds management and other fiduciary activities
The Banking Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland Cash and Term PIE
Fund and its products (Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Note 27 - Structured entities has further details. The
Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund deals with the Bank in the normal course of business, in the Bank's capacity as Registrar of the
Fund and also invests in the Bank's deposits. The Banking Group is considered to control the Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund,
and as such the Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund is consolidated within the financial statements of the Banking Group.
Risk management
The Banking Group has in place policies and procedures to ensure that the fiduciary activities identified above are conducted in an
appropriate manner. It is considered that these policies and procedures will ensure that any difficulties arising from these
activities will not impact adversely on the Banking Group. The policies and procedures include comprehensive and prominent
disclosure of information regarding products, and formal and regular review of operations and policies by management and
internal auditors. Further information on the Banking Group's risk management policies and practices is included in Note 20 -
Enterprise risk management.
Provision of financial services and asset purchases
Over the accounting period, financial services provided by the Banking Group to entities which were involved in the activities
above (including trust, custodial, funds management and other fiduciary activities) were provided on arm's length terms and
conditions and at fair value.
Any assets purchased from such entities have been purchased on arm's length terms and conditions and at fair value.
P. 76
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities (continued)
Peak aggregate funding to entities
The Banking Group did not provide any funding to entities conducting funds management and other fiduciary activities, or
insurance product or marketing and distribution activities described in this note, during the year (2022: nil).
The Bank provided the following funding in relation to securitisation entities.
Total Trusts
June 2023 June 2022
Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided ($000's) 308,755 305,038
Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided as a percentage of the Banking Group's
Tier 1 Capital as at the end of the year (%)
49.4% 49.0%
For this purpose, peak ratio information was derived by determining the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of funding over
the financial year and then dividing that amount by the amount of the entity's assets or the Banking Group's Tier 1 Capital (as the
case required) as at the end of the year.
HARWT
June 2023 June 2022
Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided ($000's) 308,755 305,038
Peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding provided as a percentage of the total assets of the
individual entity as at the end of the year
1
114.8% 93.5%
1
Total assets as at the end of the year in June 2023 are lower compared to the timing of the peak end-of-day aggregate amount of funding
provided due to a repurchase.
For this purpose, peak ratio information was derived by determining the maximum end-of-day aggregate amount of funding and
then dividing that amount by the amount of the entity's assets or the Banking Group's Tier 1 Capital (as the case required) as at
the end of the year.
P. 77
30 Offsetting financial instruments
The Banking Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where there is
currently a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously.
The Banking Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated primarily with
over-the-counter derivatives. The Banking Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form a part of
International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures relating to derivative
transactions. As per these CSAs, the Banking Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the market value of outstanding
derivative transactions. As at 30 June 2023, the Banking Group has received $27.61 million of cash collateral (2022: $32.34
million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral includes amounts of cash obtained to cover the net exposure between the
counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The cash collateral received is not netted off against the balance of derivative
assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial position and is disclosed within trade and other payables.
The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject to enforceable
master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the balance sheet. Financial
instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA
and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the statement of financial position because
under such agreements the counterparties typically have the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or
bankruptcy or following other predetermined events.
Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet Related amounts not offset
Gross amounts
set off in the
balance sheet
Net amounts
reported in the
balance sheet
Cash
collateral
received
Gross Financial Net
$000's
Amount Instruments amount
June 2023
Derivative financial assets 36,982 - 36,982 (7,624) (27,609) 1,749
Total financial assets 36,982 - 36,982 (7,624) (27,609) 1,749
Derivative financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -
Total financial liabilities 7,624 - 7,624 (7,624) - -
June 2022
Derivative financial assets 44,487 - 44,487 (6,335) (32,341) 5,811
Total financial assets 44,487 - 44,487 (6,335) (32,341) 5,811
Derivative financial liabilities 6,335 - 6,335 (6,335) - -
Total financial liabilities 6,335 - 6,335 (6,335) - -
P. 78
31 Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Banking Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the validity of
the claim will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent liabilities are possible
obligations, or present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured.
Contingent liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have
been made on a case by case basis.
Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Banking Group's operations were:
$000's June 2023 June 2022
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds 7,378 8,969
Total contingent liabilities 7,378 8,969
Undrawn facilities available to customers 310,423 272,735
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates 24,873 34,791
Total commitments 335,296 307,526
32 Events after reporting date
In July 2023, Heartland Bank Limited purchased AU$30 million reverse mortgage loans from Senior Warehouse Trust.
The Bank resolved to pay a cash dividend to its parent company HGH of $43 million on its ordinary shares on 28 August 2023.
There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the consolidated financial
statements.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142 New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholder of Heartland Bank Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying:
භfinancial statements, excluding the information disclosed in accordance with Schedules 4, 7, 9, 13, 14,
15 and 17 of the Registered Bank Disclosure Statements (New Zealand Incorporated Registered
Banks) Order 2014 (as amended) (the “Order”), of Heartland Bank Limited (the “Bank”), including the
entities it controlled as at 30 June 2023 or from time to time during the financial year (the “Banking
Group”), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Banking Group as at 30
June 2023, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with
New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”) and International
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”); and
භinformation disclosed in accordance with Schedules 4, 7, 13, 14, 15 and 17 of the Order (the
“Supplementary Information”), in all material respects:
ଫpresents fairly the matters to which it relates; and
ଫis disclosed in accordance with those schedules; and
ଫhas been prepared in accordance with any conditions of registration relating to disclosure
requirements imposed under section 74(4)(c) of the Banking (Prudential Supervision) Act 1989.
What we have audited
භThe Banking Group’s financial statements (the “Financial Statements”) required by clause 24 of the
Order, comprising:
ଫthe consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2023;
ଫthe consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
ଫthe consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
ଫthe consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
ଫthe notes to the Financial Statements, excluding the information disclosed in accordance with
Schedules 4, 7, 9, 13, 14, 15 and 17 of the Order within notes 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28 and 29,
which includes significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
භThe Supplementary Information within the consolidated statement of financial position and notes 20,
21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28 and 29 of the Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2023 of the
Banking Group.
We have not audited the information relating to capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity requirements
disclosed in a
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.